linux-stable/drivers/net/macsec.c

4530 lines
110 KiB
C
Raw Normal View History

// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
/*
* drivers/net/macsec.c - MACsec device
*
* Copyright (c) 2015 Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
*/
#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/skbuff.h>
#include <linux/socket.h>
#include <linux/module.h>
#include <crypto/aead.h>
#include <linux/etherdevice.h>
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
#include <linux/netdevice.h>
#include <linux/rtnetlink.h>
#include <linux/refcount.h>
#include <net/genetlink.h>
#include <net/sock.h>
#include <net/gro_cells.h>
#include <net/macsec.h>
#include <net/dst_metadata.h>
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
#include <linux/phy.h>
#include <linux/byteorder/generic.h>
#include <linux/if_arp.h>
#include <uapi/linux/if_macsec.h>
/* SecTAG length = macsec_eth_header without the optional SCI */
#define MACSEC_TAG_LEN 6
struct macsec_eth_header {
struct ethhdr eth;
/* SecTAG */
u8 tci_an;
#if defined(__LITTLE_ENDIAN_BITFIELD)
u8 short_length:6,
unused:2;
#elif defined(__BIG_ENDIAN_BITFIELD)
u8 unused:2,
short_length:6;
#else
#error "Please fix <asm/byteorder.h>"
#endif
__be32 packet_number;
u8 secure_channel_id[8]; /* optional */
} __packed;
/* minimum secure data length deemed "not short", see IEEE 802.1AE-2006 9.7 */
#define MIN_NON_SHORT_LEN 48
#define GCM_AES_IV_LEN 12
#define for_each_rxsc(secy, sc) \
for (sc = rcu_dereference_bh(secy->rx_sc); \
sc; \
sc = rcu_dereference_bh(sc->next))
#define for_each_rxsc_rtnl(secy, sc) \
for (sc = rtnl_dereference(secy->rx_sc); \
sc; \
sc = rtnl_dereference(sc->next))
#define pn_same_half(pn1, pn2) (!(((pn1) >> 31) ^ ((pn2) >> 31)))
struct gcm_iv_xpn {
union {
u8 short_secure_channel_id[4];
ssci_t ssci;
};
__be64 pn;
} __packed;
struct gcm_iv {
union {
u8 secure_channel_id[8];
sci_t sci;
};
__be32 pn;
};
#define MACSEC_VALIDATE_DEFAULT MACSEC_VALIDATE_STRICT
struct pcpu_secy_stats {
struct macsec_dev_stats stats;
struct u64_stats_sync syncp;
};
/**
* struct macsec_dev - private data
* @secy: SecY config
* @real_dev: pointer to underlying netdevice
macsec: fix UAF bug for real_dev Create a new macsec device but not get reference to real_dev. That can not ensure that real_dev is freed after macsec. That will trigger the UAF bug for real_dev as following: ================================================================== BUG: KASAN: use-after-free in macsec_get_iflink+0x5f/0x70 drivers/net/macsec.c:3662 Call Trace: ... macsec_get_iflink+0x5f/0x70 drivers/net/macsec.c:3662 dev_get_iflink+0x73/0xe0 net/core/dev.c:637 default_operstate net/core/link_watch.c:42 [inline] rfc2863_policy+0x233/0x2d0 net/core/link_watch.c:54 linkwatch_do_dev+0x2a/0x150 net/core/link_watch.c:161 Allocated by task 22209: ... alloc_netdev_mqs+0x98/0x1100 net/core/dev.c:10549 rtnl_create_link+0x9d7/0xc00 net/core/rtnetlink.c:3235 veth_newlink+0x20e/0xa90 drivers/net/veth.c:1748 Freed by task 8: ... kfree+0xd6/0x4d0 mm/slub.c:4552 kvfree+0x42/0x50 mm/util.c:615 device_release+0x9f/0x240 drivers/base/core.c:2229 kobject_cleanup lib/kobject.c:673 [inline] kobject_release lib/kobject.c:704 [inline] kref_put include/linux/kref.h:65 [inline] kobject_put+0x1c8/0x540 lib/kobject.c:721 netdev_run_todo+0x72e/0x10b0 net/core/dev.c:10327 After commit faab39f63c1f ("net: allow out-of-order netdev unregistration") and commit e5f80fcf869a ("ipv6: give an IPv6 dev to blackhole_netdev"), we can add dev_hold_track() in macsec_dev_init() and dev_put_track() in macsec_free_netdev() to fix the problem. Fixes: 2bce1ebed17d ("macsec: fix refcnt leak in module exit routine") Reported-by: syzbot+d0e94b65ac259c29ce7a@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Signed-off-by: Ziyang Xuan <william.xuanziyang@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220531074500.1272846-1-william.xuanziyang@huawei.com Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
2022-05-31 07:45:00 +00:00
* @dev_tracker: refcount tracker for @real_dev reference
* @stats: MACsec device stats
* @secys: linked list of SecY's on the underlying device
* @gro_cells: pointer to the Generic Receive Offload cell
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
* @offload: status of offloading on the MACsec device
* @insert_tx_tag: when offloading, device requires to insert an
* additional tag
*/
struct macsec_dev {
struct macsec_secy secy;
struct net_device *real_dev;
macsec: fix UAF bug for real_dev Create a new macsec device but not get reference to real_dev. That can not ensure that real_dev is freed after macsec. That will trigger the UAF bug for real_dev as following: ================================================================== BUG: KASAN: use-after-free in macsec_get_iflink+0x5f/0x70 drivers/net/macsec.c:3662 Call Trace: ... macsec_get_iflink+0x5f/0x70 drivers/net/macsec.c:3662 dev_get_iflink+0x73/0xe0 net/core/dev.c:637 default_operstate net/core/link_watch.c:42 [inline] rfc2863_policy+0x233/0x2d0 net/core/link_watch.c:54 linkwatch_do_dev+0x2a/0x150 net/core/link_watch.c:161 Allocated by task 22209: ... alloc_netdev_mqs+0x98/0x1100 net/core/dev.c:10549 rtnl_create_link+0x9d7/0xc00 net/core/rtnetlink.c:3235 veth_newlink+0x20e/0xa90 drivers/net/veth.c:1748 Freed by task 8: ... kfree+0xd6/0x4d0 mm/slub.c:4552 kvfree+0x42/0x50 mm/util.c:615 device_release+0x9f/0x240 drivers/base/core.c:2229 kobject_cleanup lib/kobject.c:673 [inline] kobject_release lib/kobject.c:704 [inline] kref_put include/linux/kref.h:65 [inline] kobject_put+0x1c8/0x540 lib/kobject.c:721 netdev_run_todo+0x72e/0x10b0 net/core/dev.c:10327 After commit faab39f63c1f ("net: allow out-of-order netdev unregistration") and commit e5f80fcf869a ("ipv6: give an IPv6 dev to blackhole_netdev"), we can add dev_hold_track() in macsec_dev_init() and dev_put_track() in macsec_free_netdev() to fix the problem. Fixes: 2bce1ebed17d ("macsec: fix refcnt leak in module exit routine") Reported-by: syzbot+d0e94b65ac259c29ce7a@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Signed-off-by: Ziyang Xuan <william.xuanziyang@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220531074500.1272846-1-william.xuanziyang@huawei.com Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
2022-05-31 07:45:00 +00:00
netdevice_tracker dev_tracker;
struct pcpu_secy_stats __percpu *stats;
struct list_head secys;
struct gro_cells gro_cells;
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
enum macsec_offload offload;
bool insert_tx_tag;
};
/**
* struct macsec_rxh_data - rx_handler private argument
* @secys: linked list of SecY's on this underlying device
*/
struct macsec_rxh_data {
struct list_head secys;
};
static struct macsec_dev *macsec_priv(const struct net_device *dev)
{
return (struct macsec_dev *)netdev_priv(dev);
}
static struct macsec_rxh_data *macsec_data_rcu(const struct net_device *dev)
{
return rcu_dereference_bh(dev->rx_handler_data);
}
static struct macsec_rxh_data *macsec_data_rtnl(const struct net_device *dev)
{
return rtnl_dereference(dev->rx_handler_data);
}
struct macsec_cb {
struct aead_request *req;
union {
struct macsec_tx_sa *tx_sa;
struct macsec_rx_sa *rx_sa;
};
u8 assoc_num;
bool valid;
bool has_sci;
};
static struct macsec_rx_sa *macsec_rxsa_get(struct macsec_rx_sa __rcu *ptr)
{
struct macsec_rx_sa *sa = rcu_dereference_bh(ptr);
if (!sa || !sa->active)
return NULL;
if (!refcount_inc_not_zero(&sa->refcnt))
return NULL;
return sa;
}
static struct macsec_rx_sa *macsec_active_rxsa_get(struct macsec_rx_sc *rx_sc)
{
struct macsec_rx_sa *sa = NULL;
int an;
for (an = 0; an < MACSEC_NUM_AN; an++) {
sa = macsec_rxsa_get(rx_sc->sa[an]);
if (sa)
break;
}
return sa;
}
static void free_rx_sc_rcu(struct rcu_head *head)
{
struct macsec_rx_sc *rx_sc = container_of(head, struct macsec_rx_sc, rcu_head);
free_percpu(rx_sc->stats);
kfree(rx_sc);
}
static struct macsec_rx_sc *macsec_rxsc_get(struct macsec_rx_sc *sc)
{
return refcount_inc_not_zero(&sc->refcnt) ? sc : NULL;
}
static void macsec_rxsc_put(struct macsec_rx_sc *sc)
{
if (refcount_dec_and_test(&sc->refcnt))
call_rcu(&sc->rcu_head, free_rx_sc_rcu);
}
static void free_rxsa(struct rcu_head *head)
{
struct macsec_rx_sa *sa = container_of(head, struct macsec_rx_sa, rcu);
crypto_free_aead(sa->key.tfm);
free_percpu(sa->stats);
kfree(sa);
}
static void macsec_rxsa_put(struct macsec_rx_sa *sa)
{
if (refcount_dec_and_test(&sa->refcnt))
call_rcu(&sa->rcu, free_rxsa);
}
static struct macsec_tx_sa *macsec_txsa_get(struct macsec_tx_sa __rcu *ptr)
{
struct macsec_tx_sa *sa = rcu_dereference_bh(ptr);
if (!sa || !sa->active)
return NULL;
if (!refcount_inc_not_zero(&sa->refcnt))
return NULL;
return sa;
}
static void free_txsa(struct rcu_head *head)
{
struct macsec_tx_sa *sa = container_of(head, struct macsec_tx_sa, rcu);
crypto_free_aead(sa->key.tfm);
free_percpu(sa->stats);
kfree(sa);
}
static void macsec_txsa_put(struct macsec_tx_sa *sa)
{
if (refcount_dec_and_test(&sa->refcnt))
call_rcu(&sa->rcu, free_txsa);
}
static struct macsec_cb *macsec_skb_cb(struct sk_buff *skb)
{
BUILD_BUG_ON(sizeof(struct macsec_cb) > sizeof(skb->cb));
return (struct macsec_cb *)skb->cb;
}
#define MACSEC_PORT_SCB (0x0000)
#define MACSEC_UNDEF_SCI ((__force sci_t)0xffffffffffffffffULL)
#define MACSEC_UNDEF_SSCI ((__force ssci_t)0xffffffff)
#define MACSEC_GCM_AES_128_SAK_LEN 16
#define MACSEC_GCM_AES_256_SAK_LEN 32
#define DEFAULT_SAK_LEN MACSEC_GCM_AES_128_SAK_LEN
#define DEFAULT_XPN false
#define DEFAULT_SEND_SCI true
#define DEFAULT_ENCRYPT false
#define DEFAULT_ENCODING_SA 0
#define MACSEC_XPN_MAX_REPLAY_WINDOW (((1 << 30) - 1))
static sci_t make_sci(const u8 *addr, __be16 port)
{
sci_t sci;
memcpy(&sci, addr, ETH_ALEN);
memcpy(((char *)&sci) + ETH_ALEN, &port, sizeof(port));
return sci;
}
static sci_t macsec_frame_sci(struct macsec_eth_header *hdr, bool sci_present)
{
sci_t sci;
if (sci_present)
memcpy(&sci, hdr->secure_channel_id,
sizeof(hdr->secure_channel_id));
else
sci = make_sci(hdr->eth.h_source, MACSEC_PORT_ES);
return sci;
}
static unsigned int macsec_sectag_len(bool sci_present)
{
return MACSEC_TAG_LEN + (sci_present ? MACSEC_SCI_LEN : 0);
}
static unsigned int macsec_hdr_len(bool sci_present)
{
return macsec_sectag_len(sci_present) + ETH_HLEN;
}
static unsigned int macsec_extra_len(bool sci_present)
{
return macsec_sectag_len(sci_present) + sizeof(__be16);
}
/* Fill SecTAG according to IEEE 802.1AE-2006 10.5.3 */
static void macsec_fill_sectag(struct macsec_eth_header *h,
const struct macsec_secy *secy, u32 pn,
bool sci_present)
{
const struct macsec_tx_sc *tx_sc = &secy->tx_sc;
memset(&h->tci_an, 0, macsec_sectag_len(sci_present));
h->eth.h_proto = htons(ETH_P_MACSEC);
if (sci_present) {
h->tci_an |= MACSEC_TCI_SC;
memcpy(&h->secure_channel_id, &secy->sci,
sizeof(h->secure_channel_id));
} else {
if (tx_sc->end_station)
h->tci_an |= MACSEC_TCI_ES;
if (tx_sc->scb)
h->tci_an |= MACSEC_TCI_SCB;
}
h->packet_number = htonl(pn);
/* with GCM, C/E clear for !encrypt, both set for encrypt */
if (tx_sc->encrypt)
h->tci_an |= MACSEC_TCI_CONFID;
else if (secy->icv_len != MACSEC_DEFAULT_ICV_LEN)
h->tci_an |= MACSEC_TCI_C;
h->tci_an |= tx_sc->encoding_sa;
}
static void macsec_set_shortlen(struct macsec_eth_header *h, size_t data_len)
{
if (data_len < MIN_NON_SHORT_LEN)
h->short_length = data_len;
}
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
/* Checks if a MACsec interface is being offloaded to an hardware engine */
static bool macsec_is_offloaded(struct macsec_dev *macsec)
{
if (macsec->offload == MACSEC_OFFLOAD_MAC ||
macsec->offload == MACSEC_OFFLOAD_PHY)
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
return true;
return false;
}
/* Checks if underlying layers implement MACsec offloading functions. */
static bool macsec_check_offload(enum macsec_offload offload,
struct macsec_dev *macsec)
{
if (!macsec || !macsec->real_dev)
return false;
if (offload == MACSEC_OFFLOAD_PHY)
return macsec->real_dev->phydev &&
macsec->real_dev->phydev->macsec_ops;
else if (offload == MACSEC_OFFLOAD_MAC)
return macsec->real_dev->features & NETIF_F_HW_MACSEC &&
macsec->real_dev->macsec_ops;
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
return false;
}
static const struct macsec_ops *__macsec_get_ops(enum macsec_offload offload,
struct macsec_dev *macsec,
struct macsec_context *ctx)
{
if (ctx) {
memset(ctx, 0, sizeof(*ctx));
ctx->offload = offload;
if (offload == MACSEC_OFFLOAD_PHY)
ctx->phydev = macsec->real_dev->phydev;
else if (offload == MACSEC_OFFLOAD_MAC)
ctx->netdev = macsec->real_dev;
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
}
if (offload == MACSEC_OFFLOAD_PHY)
return macsec->real_dev->phydev->macsec_ops;
else
return macsec->real_dev->macsec_ops;
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
}
/* Returns a pointer to the MACsec ops struct if any and updates the MACsec
* context device reference if provided.
*/
static const struct macsec_ops *macsec_get_ops(struct macsec_dev *macsec,
struct macsec_context *ctx)
{
if (!macsec_check_offload(macsec->offload, macsec))
return NULL;
return __macsec_get_ops(macsec->offload, macsec, ctx);
}
/* validate MACsec packet according to IEEE 802.1AE-2018 9.12 */
static bool macsec_validate_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, u16 icv_len, bool xpn)
{
struct macsec_eth_header *h = (struct macsec_eth_header *)skb->data;
int len = skb->len - 2 * ETH_ALEN;
int extra_len = macsec_extra_len(!!(h->tci_an & MACSEC_TCI_SC)) + icv_len;
/* a) It comprises at least 17 octets */
if (skb->len <= 16)
return false;
/* b) MACsec EtherType: already checked */
/* c) V bit is clear */
if (h->tci_an & MACSEC_TCI_VERSION)
return false;
/* d) ES or SCB => !SC */
if ((h->tci_an & MACSEC_TCI_ES || h->tci_an & MACSEC_TCI_SCB) &&
(h->tci_an & MACSEC_TCI_SC))
return false;
/* e) Bits 7 and 8 of octet 4 of the SecTAG are clear */
if (h->unused)
return false;
/* rx.pn != 0 if not XPN (figure 10-5 with 802.11AEbw-2013 amendment) */
if (!h->packet_number && !xpn)
return false;
/* length check, f) g) h) i) */
if (h->short_length)
return len == extra_len + h->short_length;
return len >= extra_len + MIN_NON_SHORT_LEN;
}
#define MACSEC_NEEDED_HEADROOM (macsec_extra_len(true))
#define MACSEC_NEEDED_TAILROOM MACSEC_STD_ICV_LEN
static void macsec_fill_iv_xpn(unsigned char *iv, ssci_t ssci, u64 pn,
salt_t salt)
{
struct gcm_iv_xpn *gcm_iv = (struct gcm_iv_xpn *)iv;
gcm_iv->ssci = ssci ^ salt.ssci;
gcm_iv->pn = cpu_to_be64(pn) ^ salt.pn;
}
static void macsec_fill_iv(unsigned char *iv, sci_t sci, u32 pn)
{
struct gcm_iv *gcm_iv = (struct gcm_iv *)iv;
gcm_iv->sci = sci;
gcm_iv->pn = htonl(pn);
}
static struct macsec_eth_header *macsec_ethhdr(struct sk_buff *skb)
{
return (struct macsec_eth_header *)skb_mac_header(skb);
}
static void __macsec_pn_wrapped(struct macsec_secy *secy,
struct macsec_tx_sa *tx_sa)
{
pr_debug("PN wrapped, transitioning to !oper\n");
tx_sa->active = false;
if (secy->protect_frames)
secy->operational = false;
}
void macsec_pn_wrapped(struct macsec_secy *secy, struct macsec_tx_sa *tx_sa)
{
spin_lock_bh(&tx_sa->lock);
__macsec_pn_wrapped(secy, tx_sa);
spin_unlock_bh(&tx_sa->lock);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(macsec_pn_wrapped);
static pn_t tx_sa_update_pn(struct macsec_tx_sa *tx_sa,
struct macsec_secy *secy)
{
pn_t pn;
spin_lock_bh(&tx_sa->lock);
pn = tx_sa->next_pn_halves;
if (secy->xpn)
tx_sa->next_pn++;
else
tx_sa->next_pn_halves.lower++;
if (tx_sa->next_pn == 0)
__macsec_pn_wrapped(secy, tx_sa);
spin_unlock_bh(&tx_sa->lock);
return pn;
}
static void macsec_encrypt_finish(struct sk_buff *skb, struct net_device *dev)
{
struct macsec_dev *macsec = netdev_priv(dev);
skb->dev = macsec->real_dev;
skb_reset_mac_header(skb);
skb->protocol = eth_hdr(skb)->h_proto;
}
static unsigned int macsec_msdu_len(struct sk_buff *skb)
{
struct macsec_dev *macsec = macsec_priv(skb->dev);
struct macsec_secy *secy = &macsec->secy;
bool sci_present = macsec_skb_cb(skb)->has_sci;
return skb->len - macsec_hdr_len(sci_present) - secy->icv_len;
}
static void macsec_count_tx(struct sk_buff *skb, struct macsec_tx_sc *tx_sc,
struct macsec_tx_sa *tx_sa)
{
unsigned int msdu_len = macsec_msdu_len(skb);
struct pcpu_tx_sc_stats *txsc_stats = this_cpu_ptr(tx_sc->stats);
u64_stats_update_begin(&txsc_stats->syncp);
if (tx_sc->encrypt) {
txsc_stats->stats.OutOctetsEncrypted += msdu_len;
txsc_stats->stats.OutPktsEncrypted++;
this_cpu_inc(tx_sa->stats->OutPktsEncrypted);
} else {
txsc_stats->stats.OutOctetsProtected += msdu_len;
txsc_stats->stats.OutPktsProtected++;
this_cpu_inc(tx_sa->stats->OutPktsProtected);
}
u64_stats_update_end(&txsc_stats->syncp);
}
static void count_tx(struct net_device *dev, int ret, int len)
{
if (likely(ret == NET_XMIT_SUCCESS || ret == NET_XMIT_CN))
dev_sw_netstats_tx_add(dev, 1, len);
}
static void macsec_encrypt_done(void *data, int err)
{
struct sk_buff *skb = data;
struct net_device *dev = skb->dev;
struct macsec_dev *macsec = macsec_priv(dev);
struct macsec_tx_sa *sa = macsec_skb_cb(skb)->tx_sa;
int len, ret;
aead_request_free(macsec_skb_cb(skb)->req);
rcu_read_lock_bh();
macsec_count_tx(skb, &macsec->secy.tx_sc, macsec_skb_cb(skb)->tx_sa);
/* packet is encrypted/protected so tx_bytes must be calculated */
len = macsec_msdu_len(skb) + 2 * ETH_ALEN;
macsec_encrypt_finish(skb, dev);
ret = dev_queue_xmit(skb);
count_tx(dev, ret, len);
rcu_read_unlock_bh();
macsec_txsa_put(sa);
dev_put(dev);
}
static struct aead_request *macsec_alloc_req(struct crypto_aead *tfm,
unsigned char **iv,
struct scatterlist **sg,
int num_frags)
{
size_t size, iv_offset, sg_offset;
struct aead_request *req;
void *tmp;
size = sizeof(struct aead_request) + crypto_aead_reqsize(tfm);
iv_offset = size;
size += GCM_AES_IV_LEN;
size = ALIGN(size, __alignof__(struct scatterlist));
sg_offset = size;
size += sizeof(struct scatterlist) * num_frags;
tmp = kmalloc(size, GFP_ATOMIC);
if (!tmp)
return NULL;
*iv = (unsigned char *)(tmp + iv_offset);
*sg = (struct scatterlist *)(tmp + sg_offset);
req = tmp;
aead_request_set_tfm(req, tfm);
return req;
}
static struct sk_buff *macsec_encrypt(struct sk_buff *skb,
struct net_device *dev)
{
int ret;
struct scatterlist *sg;
struct sk_buff *trailer;
unsigned char *iv;
struct ethhdr *eth;
struct macsec_eth_header *hh;
size_t unprotected_len;
struct aead_request *req;
struct macsec_secy *secy;
struct macsec_tx_sc *tx_sc;
struct macsec_tx_sa *tx_sa;
struct macsec_dev *macsec = macsec_priv(dev);
bool sci_present;
pn_t pn;
secy = &macsec->secy;
tx_sc = &secy->tx_sc;
/* 10.5.1 TX SA assignment */
tx_sa = macsec_txsa_get(tx_sc->sa[tx_sc->encoding_sa]);
if (!tx_sa) {
secy->operational = false;
kfree_skb(skb);
return ERR_PTR(-EINVAL);
}
Revert "net: macsec: use skb_ensure_writable_head_tail to expand the skb" This reverts commit b34ab3527b9622ca4910df24ff5beed5aa66c6b5. Using skb_ensure_writable_head_tail without a call to skb_unshare causes the MACsec stack to operate on the original skb rather than a copy in the macsec_encrypt path. This causes the buffer to be exceeded in space, and leads to warnings generated by skb_put operations. Opting to revert this change since skb_copy_expand is more efficient than skb_ensure_writable_head_tail followed by a call to skb_unshare. Log: ------------[ cut here ]------------ kernel BUG at net/core/skbuff.c:2464! invalid opcode: 0000 [#1] SMP KASAN CPU: 21 PID: 61997 Comm: iperf3 Not tainted 6.7.0-rc8_for_upstream_debug_2024_01_07_17_05 #1 Hardware name: QEMU Standard PC (Q35 + ICH9, 2009), BIOS rel-1.13.0-0-gf21b5a4aeb02-prebuilt.qemu.org 04/01/2014 RIP: 0010:skb_put+0x113/0x190 Code: 03 0f b6 14 02 48 89 f8 83 e0 07 83 c0 03 38 d0 7c 04 84 d2 75 70 3b 9d bc 00 00 00 77 0e 48 83 c4 08 4c 89 e8 5b 5d 41 5d c3 <0f> 0b 4c 8b 6c 24 20 89 74 24 04 e8 6d b7 f0 fe 8b 74 24 04 48 c7 RSP: 0018:ffff8882694e7278 EFLAGS: 00010202 RAX: 0000000000000025 RBX: 0000000000000100 RCX: 0000000000000001 RDX: 0000000000000000 RSI: 0000000000000010 RDI: ffff88816ae0bad4 RBP: ffff88816ae0ba60 R08: 0000000000000004 R09: 0000000000000004 R10: 0000000000000001 R11: 0000000000000001 R12: ffff88811ba5abfa R13: ffff8882bdecc100 R14: ffff88816ae0ba60 R15: ffff8882bdecc0ae FS: 00007fe54df02740(0000) GS:ffff88881f080000(0000) knlGS:0000000000000000 CS: 0010 DS: 0000 ES: 0000 CR0: 0000000080050033 CR2: 00007fe54d92e320 CR3: 000000010a345003 CR4: 0000000000370eb0 DR0: 0000000000000000 DR1: 0000000000000000 DR2: 0000000000000000 DR3: 0000000000000000 DR6: 00000000fffe0ff0 DR7: 0000000000000400 Call Trace: <TASK> ? die+0x33/0x90 ? skb_put+0x113/0x190 ? do_trap+0x1b4/0x3b0 ? skb_put+0x113/0x190 ? do_error_trap+0xb6/0x180 ? skb_put+0x113/0x190 ? handle_invalid_op+0x2c/0x30 ? skb_put+0x113/0x190 ? exc_invalid_op+0x2b/0x40 ? asm_exc_invalid_op+0x16/0x20 ? skb_put+0x113/0x190 ? macsec_start_xmit+0x4e9/0x21d0 macsec_start_xmit+0x830/0x21d0 ? get_txsa_from_nl+0x400/0x400 ? lock_downgrade+0x690/0x690 ? dev_queue_xmit_nit+0x78b/0xae0 dev_hard_start_xmit+0x151/0x560 __dev_queue_xmit+0x1580/0x28f0 ? check_chain_key+0x1c5/0x490 ? netdev_core_pick_tx+0x2d0/0x2d0 ? __ip_queue_xmit+0x798/0x1e00 ? lock_downgrade+0x690/0x690 ? mark_held_locks+0x9f/0xe0 ip_finish_output2+0x11e4/0x2050 ? ip_mc_finish_output+0x520/0x520 ? ip_fragment.constprop.0+0x230/0x230 ? __ip_queue_xmit+0x798/0x1e00 __ip_queue_xmit+0x798/0x1e00 ? __skb_clone+0x57a/0x760 __tcp_transmit_skb+0x169d/0x3490 ? lock_downgrade+0x690/0x690 ? __tcp_select_window+0x1320/0x1320 ? mark_held_locks+0x9f/0xe0 ? lockdep_hardirqs_on_prepare+0x286/0x400 ? tcp_small_queue_check.isra.0+0x120/0x3d0 tcp_write_xmit+0x12b6/0x7100 ? skb_page_frag_refill+0x1e8/0x460 __tcp_push_pending_frames+0x92/0x320 tcp_sendmsg_locked+0x1ed4/0x3190 ? tcp_sendmsg_fastopen+0x650/0x650 ? tcp_sendmsg+0x1a/0x40 ? mark_held_locks+0x9f/0xe0 ? lockdep_hardirqs_on_prepare+0x286/0x400 tcp_sendmsg+0x28/0x40 ? inet_send_prepare+0x1b0/0x1b0 __sock_sendmsg+0xc5/0x190 sock_write_iter+0x222/0x380 ? __sock_sendmsg+0x190/0x190 ? kfree+0x96/0x130 vfs_write+0x842/0xbd0 ? kernel_write+0x530/0x530 ? __fget_light+0x51/0x220 ? __fget_light+0x51/0x220 ksys_write+0x172/0x1d0 ? update_socket_protocol+0x10/0x10 ? __x64_sys_read+0xb0/0xb0 ? lockdep_hardirqs_on_prepare+0x286/0x400 do_syscall_64+0x40/0xe0 entry_SYSCALL_64_after_hwframe+0x46/0x4e RIP: 0033:0x7fe54d9018b7 Code: 0f 00 f7 d8 64 89 02 48 c7 c0 ff ff ff ff eb b7 0f 1f 00 f3 0f 1e fa 64 8b 04 25 18 00 00 00 85 c0 75 10 b8 01 00 00 00 0f 05 <48> 3d 00 f0 ff ff 77 51 c3 48 83 ec 28 48 89 54 24 18 48 89 74 24 RSP: 002b:00007ffdbd4191d8 EFLAGS: 00000246 ORIG_RAX: 0000000000000001 RAX: ffffffffffffffda RBX: 0000000000000025 RCX: 00007fe54d9018b7 RDX: 0000000000000025 RSI: 0000000000d9859c RDI: 0000000000000004 RBP: 0000000000d9859c R08: 0000000000000004 R09: 0000000000000000 R10: 00007fe54d80afe0 R11: 0000000000000246 R12: 0000000000000004 R13: 0000000000000025 R14: 00007fe54e00ec00 R15: 0000000000d982a0 </TASK> Modules linked in: 8021q garp mrp iptable_raw bonding vfio_pci rdma_ucm ib_umad mlx5_vfio_pci mlx5_ib vfio_pci_core vfio_iommu_type1 ib_uverbs vfio mlx5_core ip_gre nf_tables ipip tunnel4 ib_ipoib ip6_gre gre ip6_tunnel tunnel6 geneve openvswitch nsh xt_conntrack xt_MASQUERADE nf_conntrack_netlink nfnetlink xt_addrtype iptable_nat nf_nat br_netfilter rpcsec_gss_krb5 auth_rpcgss oid_registry overlay rpcrdma ib_iser libiscsi scsi_transport_iscsi rdma_cm iw_cm ib_cm ib_core zram zsmalloc fuse [last unloaded: ib_uverbs] ---[ end trace 0000000000000000 ]--- Cc: Radu Pirea (NXP OSS) <radu-nicolae.pirea@oss.nxp.com> Cc: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net> Signed-off-by: Rahul Rameshbabu <rrameshbabu@nvidia.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20240118191811.50271-1-rrameshbabu@nvidia.com Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2024-01-18 19:18:06 +00:00
if (unlikely(skb_headroom(skb) < MACSEC_NEEDED_HEADROOM ||
skb_tailroom(skb) < MACSEC_NEEDED_TAILROOM)) {
struct sk_buff *nskb = skb_copy_expand(skb,
MACSEC_NEEDED_HEADROOM,
MACSEC_NEEDED_TAILROOM,
GFP_ATOMIC);
if (likely(nskb)) {
consume_skb(skb);
skb = nskb;
} else {
macsec_txsa_put(tx_sa);
kfree_skb(skb);
return ERR_PTR(-ENOMEM);
}
} else {
skb = skb_unshare(skb, GFP_ATOMIC);
if (!skb) {
macsec_txsa_put(tx_sa);
return ERR_PTR(-ENOMEM);
}
}
unprotected_len = skb->len;
eth = eth_hdr(skb);
sci_present = macsec_send_sci(secy);
hh = skb_push(skb, macsec_extra_len(sci_present));
memmove(hh, eth, 2 * ETH_ALEN);
pn = tx_sa_update_pn(tx_sa, secy);
if (pn.full64 == 0) {
macsec_txsa_put(tx_sa);
kfree_skb(skb);
return ERR_PTR(-ENOLINK);
}
macsec_fill_sectag(hh, secy, pn.lower, sci_present);
macsec_set_shortlen(hh, unprotected_len - 2 * ETH_ALEN);
skb_put(skb, secy->icv_len);
if (skb->len - ETH_HLEN > macsec_priv(dev)->real_dev->mtu) {
struct pcpu_secy_stats *secy_stats = this_cpu_ptr(macsec->stats);
u64_stats_update_begin(&secy_stats->syncp);
secy_stats->stats.OutPktsTooLong++;
u64_stats_update_end(&secy_stats->syncp);
macsec_txsa_put(tx_sa);
kfree_skb(skb);
return ERR_PTR(-EINVAL);
}
ret = skb_cow_data(skb, 0, &trailer);
if (unlikely(ret < 0)) {
macsec_txsa_put(tx_sa);
kfree_skb(skb);
return ERR_PTR(ret);
}
req = macsec_alloc_req(tx_sa->key.tfm, &iv, &sg, ret);
if (!req) {
macsec_txsa_put(tx_sa);
kfree_skb(skb);
return ERR_PTR(-ENOMEM);
}
if (secy->xpn)
macsec_fill_iv_xpn(iv, tx_sa->ssci, pn.full64, tx_sa->key.salt);
else
macsec_fill_iv(iv, secy->sci, pn.lower);
sg_init_table(sg, ret);
ret = skb_to_sgvec(skb, sg, 0, skb->len);
if (unlikely(ret < 0)) {
aead_request_free(req);
macsec_txsa_put(tx_sa);
kfree_skb(skb);
return ERR_PTR(ret);
}
if (tx_sc->encrypt) {
int len = skb->len - macsec_hdr_len(sci_present) -
secy->icv_len;
aead_request_set_crypt(req, sg, sg, len, iv);
aead_request_set_ad(req, macsec_hdr_len(sci_present));
} else {
aead_request_set_crypt(req, sg, sg, 0, iv);
aead_request_set_ad(req, skb->len - secy->icv_len);
}
macsec_skb_cb(skb)->req = req;
macsec_skb_cb(skb)->tx_sa = tx_sa;
macsec_skb_cb(skb)->has_sci = sci_present;
aead_request_set_callback(req, 0, macsec_encrypt_done, skb);
dev_hold(skb->dev);
ret = crypto_aead_encrypt(req);
if (ret == -EINPROGRESS) {
return ERR_PTR(ret);
} else if (ret != 0) {
dev_put(skb->dev);
kfree_skb(skb);
aead_request_free(req);
macsec_txsa_put(tx_sa);
return ERR_PTR(-EINVAL);
}
dev_put(skb->dev);
aead_request_free(req);
macsec_txsa_put(tx_sa);
return skb;
}
static bool macsec_post_decrypt(struct sk_buff *skb, struct macsec_secy *secy, u32 pn)
{
struct macsec_rx_sa *rx_sa = macsec_skb_cb(skb)->rx_sa;
struct pcpu_rx_sc_stats *rxsc_stats = this_cpu_ptr(rx_sa->sc->stats);
struct macsec_eth_header *hdr = macsec_ethhdr(skb);
u32 lowest_pn = 0;
spin_lock(&rx_sa->lock);
if (rx_sa->next_pn_halves.lower >= secy->replay_window)
lowest_pn = rx_sa->next_pn_halves.lower - secy->replay_window;
/* Now perform replay protection check again
* (see IEEE 802.1AE-2006 figure 10-5)
*/
if (secy->replay_protect && pn < lowest_pn &&
(!secy->xpn || pn_same_half(pn, lowest_pn))) {
spin_unlock(&rx_sa->lock);
u64_stats_update_begin(&rxsc_stats->syncp);
rxsc_stats->stats.InPktsLate++;
u64_stats_update_end(&rxsc_stats->syncp);
DEV_STATS_INC(secy->netdev, rx_dropped);
return false;
}
if (secy->validate_frames != MACSEC_VALIDATE_DISABLED) {
unsigned int msdu_len = macsec_msdu_len(skb);
u64_stats_update_begin(&rxsc_stats->syncp);
if (hdr->tci_an & MACSEC_TCI_E)
rxsc_stats->stats.InOctetsDecrypted += msdu_len;
else
rxsc_stats->stats.InOctetsValidated += msdu_len;
u64_stats_update_end(&rxsc_stats->syncp);
}
if (!macsec_skb_cb(skb)->valid) {
spin_unlock(&rx_sa->lock);
/* 10.6.5 */
if (hdr->tci_an & MACSEC_TCI_C ||
secy->validate_frames == MACSEC_VALIDATE_STRICT) {
u64_stats_update_begin(&rxsc_stats->syncp);
rxsc_stats->stats.InPktsNotValid++;
u64_stats_update_end(&rxsc_stats->syncp);
this_cpu_inc(rx_sa->stats->InPktsNotValid);
DEV_STATS_INC(secy->netdev, rx_errors);
return false;
}
u64_stats_update_begin(&rxsc_stats->syncp);
if (secy->validate_frames == MACSEC_VALIDATE_CHECK) {
rxsc_stats->stats.InPktsInvalid++;
this_cpu_inc(rx_sa->stats->InPktsInvalid);
} else if (pn < lowest_pn) {
rxsc_stats->stats.InPktsDelayed++;
} else {
rxsc_stats->stats.InPktsUnchecked++;
}
u64_stats_update_end(&rxsc_stats->syncp);
} else {
u64_stats_update_begin(&rxsc_stats->syncp);
if (pn < lowest_pn) {
rxsc_stats->stats.InPktsDelayed++;
} else {
rxsc_stats->stats.InPktsOK++;
this_cpu_inc(rx_sa->stats->InPktsOK);
}
u64_stats_update_end(&rxsc_stats->syncp);
// Instead of "pn >=" - to support pn overflow in xpn
if (pn + 1 > rx_sa->next_pn_halves.lower) {
rx_sa->next_pn_halves.lower = pn + 1;
} else if (secy->xpn &&
!pn_same_half(pn, rx_sa->next_pn_halves.lower)) {
rx_sa->next_pn_halves.upper++;
rx_sa->next_pn_halves.lower = pn + 1;
}
spin_unlock(&rx_sa->lock);
}
return true;
}
static void macsec_reset_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, struct net_device *dev)
{
skb->pkt_type = PACKET_HOST;
skb->protocol = eth_type_trans(skb, dev);
skb_reset_network_header(skb);
if (!skb_transport_header_was_set(skb))
skb_reset_transport_header(skb);
skb_reset_mac_len(skb);
}
static void macsec_finalize_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, u8 icv_len, u8 hdr_len)
{
skb->ip_summed = CHECKSUM_NONE;
memmove(skb->data + hdr_len, skb->data, 2 * ETH_ALEN);
skb_pull(skb, hdr_len);
pskb_trim_unique(skb, skb->len - icv_len);
}
static void count_rx(struct net_device *dev, int len)
{
dev_sw_netstats_rx_add(dev, len);
}
static void macsec_decrypt_done(void *data, int err)
{
struct sk_buff *skb = data;
struct net_device *dev = skb->dev;
struct macsec_dev *macsec = macsec_priv(dev);
struct macsec_rx_sa *rx_sa = macsec_skb_cb(skb)->rx_sa;
struct macsec_rx_sc *rx_sc = rx_sa->sc;
int len;
u32 pn;
aead_request_free(macsec_skb_cb(skb)->req);
if (!err)
macsec_skb_cb(skb)->valid = true;
rcu_read_lock_bh();
pn = ntohl(macsec_ethhdr(skb)->packet_number);
if (!macsec_post_decrypt(skb, &macsec->secy, pn)) {
rcu_read_unlock_bh();
kfree_skb(skb);
goto out;
}
macsec_finalize_skb(skb, macsec->secy.icv_len,
macsec_extra_len(macsec_skb_cb(skb)->has_sci));
len = skb->len;
macsec_reset_skb(skb, macsec->secy.netdev);
if (gro_cells_receive(&macsec->gro_cells, skb) == NET_RX_SUCCESS)
count_rx(dev, len);
rcu_read_unlock_bh();
out:
macsec_rxsa_put(rx_sa);
macsec_rxsc_put(rx_sc);
dev_put(dev);
}
static struct sk_buff *macsec_decrypt(struct sk_buff *skb,
struct net_device *dev,
struct macsec_rx_sa *rx_sa,
sci_t sci,
struct macsec_secy *secy)
{
int ret;
struct scatterlist *sg;
struct sk_buff *trailer;
unsigned char *iv;
struct aead_request *req;
struct macsec_eth_header *hdr;
u32 hdr_pn;
u16 icv_len = secy->icv_len;
macsec_skb_cb(skb)->valid = false;
skb = skb_share_check(skb, GFP_ATOMIC);
if (!skb)
return ERR_PTR(-ENOMEM);
ret = skb_cow_data(skb, 0, &trailer);
if (unlikely(ret < 0)) {
kfree_skb(skb);
return ERR_PTR(ret);
}
req = macsec_alloc_req(rx_sa->key.tfm, &iv, &sg, ret);
if (!req) {
kfree_skb(skb);
return ERR_PTR(-ENOMEM);
}
hdr = (struct macsec_eth_header *)skb->data;
hdr_pn = ntohl(hdr->packet_number);
if (secy->xpn) {
pn_t recovered_pn = rx_sa->next_pn_halves;
recovered_pn.lower = hdr_pn;
if (hdr_pn < rx_sa->next_pn_halves.lower &&
!pn_same_half(hdr_pn, rx_sa->next_pn_halves.lower))
recovered_pn.upper++;
macsec_fill_iv_xpn(iv, rx_sa->ssci, recovered_pn.full64,
rx_sa->key.salt);
} else {
macsec_fill_iv(iv, sci, hdr_pn);
}
sg_init_table(sg, ret);
ret = skb_to_sgvec(skb, sg, 0, skb->len);
if (unlikely(ret < 0)) {
aead_request_free(req);
kfree_skb(skb);
return ERR_PTR(ret);
}
if (hdr->tci_an & MACSEC_TCI_E) {
/* confidentiality: ethernet + macsec header
* authenticated, encrypted payload
*/
int len = skb->len - macsec_hdr_len(macsec_skb_cb(skb)->has_sci);
aead_request_set_crypt(req, sg, sg, len, iv);
aead_request_set_ad(req, macsec_hdr_len(macsec_skb_cb(skb)->has_sci));
skb = skb_unshare(skb, GFP_ATOMIC);
if (!skb) {
aead_request_free(req);
return ERR_PTR(-ENOMEM);
}
} else {
/* integrity only: all headers + data authenticated */
aead_request_set_crypt(req, sg, sg, icv_len, iv);
aead_request_set_ad(req, skb->len - icv_len);
}
macsec_skb_cb(skb)->req = req;
skb->dev = dev;
aead_request_set_callback(req, 0, macsec_decrypt_done, skb);
dev_hold(dev);
ret = crypto_aead_decrypt(req);
if (ret == -EINPROGRESS) {
return ERR_PTR(ret);
} else if (ret != 0) {
/* decryption/authentication failed
* 10.6 if validateFrames is disabled, deliver anyway
*/
if (ret != -EBADMSG) {
kfree_skb(skb);
skb = ERR_PTR(ret);
}
} else {
macsec_skb_cb(skb)->valid = true;
}
dev_put(dev);
aead_request_free(req);
return skb;
}
static struct macsec_rx_sc *find_rx_sc(struct macsec_secy *secy, sci_t sci)
{
struct macsec_rx_sc *rx_sc;
for_each_rxsc(secy, rx_sc) {
if (rx_sc->sci == sci)
return rx_sc;
}
return NULL;
}
static struct macsec_rx_sc *find_rx_sc_rtnl(struct macsec_secy *secy, sci_t sci)
{
struct macsec_rx_sc *rx_sc;
for_each_rxsc_rtnl(secy, rx_sc) {
if (rx_sc->sci == sci)
return rx_sc;
}
return NULL;
}
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
static enum rx_handler_result handle_not_macsec(struct sk_buff *skb)
{
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
/* Deliver to the uncontrolled port by default */
enum rx_handler_result ret = RX_HANDLER_PASS;
struct ethhdr *hdr = eth_hdr(skb);
struct metadata_dst *md_dst;
struct macsec_rxh_data *rxd;
struct macsec_dev *macsec;
rcu_read_lock();
rxd = macsec_data_rcu(skb->dev);
md_dst = skb_metadata_dst(skb);
list_for_each_entry_rcu(macsec, &rxd->secys, secys) {
struct sk_buff *nskb;
struct pcpu_secy_stats *secy_stats = this_cpu_ptr(macsec->stats);
struct net_device *ndev = macsec->secy.netdev;
/* If h/w offloading is enabled, HW decodes frames and strips
* the SecTAG, so we have to deduce which port to deliver to.
*/
if (macsec_is_offloaded(macsec) && netif_running(ndev)) {
struct macsec_rx_sc *rx_sc = NULL;
if (md_dst && md_dst->type == METADATA_MACSEC)
rx_sc = find_rx_sc(&macsec->secy, md_dst->u.macsec_info.sci);
if (md_dst && md_dst->type == METADATA_MACSEC && !rx_sc)
continue;
if (ether_addr_equal_64bits(hdr->h_dest,
ndev->dev_addr)) {
/* exact match, divert skb to this port */
skb->dev = ndev;
skb->pkt_type = PACKET_HOST;
ret = RX_HANDLER_ANOTHER;
goto out;
} else if (is_multicast_ether_addr_64bits(
hdr->h_dest)) {
/* multicast frame, deliver on this port too */
nskb = skb_clone(skb, GFP_ATOMIC);
if (!nskb)
break;
nskb->dev = ndev;
if (ether_addr_equal_64bits(hdr->h_dest,
ndev->broadcast))
nskb->pkt_type = PACKET_BROADCAST;
else
nskb->pkt_type = PACKET_MULTICAST;
net: dev: Makes sure netif_rx() can be invoked in any context. Dave suggested a while ago (eleven years by now) "Let's make netif_rx() work in all contexts and get rid of netif_rx_ni()". Eric agreed and pointed out that modern devices should use netif_receive_skb() to avoid the overhead. In the meantime someone added another variant, netif_rx_any_context(), which behaves as suggested. netif_rx() must be invoked with disabled bottom halves to ensure that pending softirqs, which were raised within the function, are handled. netif_rx_ni() can be invoked only from process context (bottom halves must be enabled) because the function handles pending softirqs without checking if bottom halves were disabled or not. netif_rx_any_context() invokes on the former functions by checking in_interrupts(). netif_rx() could be taught to handle both cases (disabled and enabled bottom halves) by simply disabling bottom halves while invoking netif_rx_internal(). The local_bh_enable() invocation will then invoke pending softirqs only if the BH-disable counter drops to zero. Eric is concerned about the overhead of BH-disable+enable especially in regard to the loopback driver. As critical as this driver is, it will receive a shortcut to avoid the additional overhead which is not needed. Add a local_bh_disable() section in netif_rx() to ensure softirqs are handled if needed. Provide __netif_rx() which does not disable BH and has a lockdep assert to ensure that interrupts are disabled. Use this shortcut in the loopback driver and in drivers/net/*.c. Make netif_rx_ni() and netif_rx_any_context() invoke netif_rx() so they can be removed once they are no more users left. Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20100415.020246.218622820.davem@davemloft.net Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de> Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com> Reviewed-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-02-11 23:38:38 +00:00
__netif_rx(nskb);
} else if (rx_sc || ndev->flags & IFF_PROMISC) {
skb->dev = ndev;
skb->pkt_type = PACKET_HOST;
ret = RX_HANDLER_ANOTHER;
goto out;
}
continue;
}
/* 10.6 If the management control validateFrames is not
* Strict, frames without a SecTAG are received, counted, and
* delivered to the Controlled Port
*/
if (macsec->secy.validate_frames == MACSEC_VALIDATE_STRICT) {
u64_stats_update_begin(&secy_stats->syncp);
secy_stats->stats.InPktsNoTag++;
u64_stats_update_end(&secy_stats->syncp);
DEV_STATS_INC(macsec->secy.netdev, rx_dropped);
continue;
}
/* deliver on this port */
nskb = skb_clone(skb, GFP_ATOMIC);
if (!nskb)
break;
nskb->dev = ndev;
net: dev: Makes sure netif_rx() can be invoked in any context. Dave suggested a while ago (eleven years by now) "Let's make netif_rx() work in all contexts and get rid of netif_rx_ni()". Eric agreed and pointed out that modern devices should use netif_receive_skb() to avoid the overhead. In the meantime someone added another variant, netif_rx_any_context(), which behaves as suggested. netif_rx() must be invoked with disabled bottom halves to ensure that pending softirqs, which were raised within the function, are handled. netif_rx_ni() can be invoked only from process context (bottom halves must be enabled) because the function handles pending softirqs without checking if bottom halves were disabled or not. netif_rx_any_context() invokes on the former functions by checking in_interrupts(). netif_rx() could be taught to handle both cases (disabled and enabled bottom halves) by simply disabling bottom halves while invoking netif_rx_internal(). The local_bh_enable() invocation will then invoke pending softirqs only if the BH-disable counter drops to zero. Eric is concerned about the overhead of BH-disable+enable especially in regard to the loopback driver. As critical as this driver is, it will receive a shortcut to avoid the additional overhead which is not needed. Add a local_bh_disable() section in netif_rx() to ensure softirqs are handled if needed. Provide __netif_rx() which does not disable BH and has a lockdep assert to ensure that interrupts are disabled. Use this shortcut in the loopback driver and in drivers/net/*.c. Make netif_rx_ni() and netif_rx_any_context() invoke netif_rx() so they can be removed once they are no more users left. Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20100415.020246.218622820.davem@davemloft.net Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de> Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com> Reviewed-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-02-11 23:38:38 +00:00
if (__netif_rx(nskb) == NET_RX_SUCCESS) {
u64_stats_update_begin(&secy_stats->syncp);
secy_stats->stats.InPktsUntagged++;
u64_stats_update_end(&secy_stats->syncp);
}
}
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
out:
rcu_read_unlock();
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
return ret;
}
static rx_handler_result_t macsec_handle_frame(struct sk_buff **pskb)
{
struct sk_buff *skb = *pskb;
struct net_device *dev = skb->dev;
struct macsec_eth_header *hdr;
struct macsec_secy *secy = NULL;
struct macsec_rx_sc *rx_sc;
struct macsec_rx_sa *rx_sa;
struct macsec_rxh_data *rxd;
struct macsec_dev *macsec;
unsigned int len;
sci_t sci;
u32 hdr_pn;
bool cbit;
struct pcpu_rx_sc_stats *rxsc_stats;
struct pcpu_secy_stats *secy_stats;
bool pulled_sci;
int ret;
if (skb_headroom(skb) < ETH_HLEN)
goto drop_direct;
hdr = macsec_ethhdr(skb);
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
if (hdr->eth.h_proto != htons(ETH_P_MACSEC))
return handle_not_macsec(skb);
skb = skb_unshare(skb, GFP_ATOMIC);
*pskb = skb;
if (!skb)
return RX_HANDLER_CONSUMED;
pulled_sci = pskb_may_pull(skb, macsec_extra_len(true));
if (!pulled_sci) {
if (!pskb_may_pull(skb, macsec_extra_len(false)))
goto drop_direct;
}
hdr = macsec_ethhdr(skb);
/* Frames with a SecTAG that has the TCI E bit set but the C
* bit clear are discarded, as this reserved encoding is used
* to identify frames with a SecTAG that are not to be
* delivered to the Controlled Port.
*/
if ((hdr->tci_an & (MACSEC_TCI_C | MACSEC_TCI_E)) == MACSEC_TCI_E)
return RX_HANDLER_PASS;
/* now, pull the extra length */
if (hdr->tci_an & MACSEC_TCI_SC) {
if (!pulled_sci)
goto drop_direct;
}
/* ethernet header is part of crypto processing */
skb_push(skb, ETH_HLEN);
macsec_skb_cb(skb)->has_sci = !!(hdr->tci_an & MACSEC_TCI_SC);
macsec_skb_cb(skb)->assoc_num = hdr->tci_an & MACSEC_AN_MASK;
sci = macsec_frame_sci(hdr, macsec_skb_cb(skb)->has_sci);
rcu_read_lock();
rxd = macsec_data_rcu(skb->dev);
list_for_each_entry_rcu(macsec, &rxd->secys, secys) {
struct macsec_rx_sc *sc = find_rx_sc(&macsec->secy, sci);
sc = sc ? macsec_rxsc_get(sc) : NULL;
if (sc) {
secy = &macsec->secy;
rx_sc = sc;
break;
}
}
if (!secy)
goto nosci;
dev = secy->netdev;
macsec = macsec_priv(dev);
secy_stats = this_cpu_ptr(macsec->stats);
rxsc_stats = this_cpu_ptr(rx_sc->stats);
if (!macsec_validate_skb(skb, secy->icv_len, secy->xpn)) {
u64_stats_update_begin(&secy_stats->syncp);
secy_stats->stats.InPktsBadTag++;
u64_stats_update_end(&secy_stats->syncp);
DEV_STATS_INC(secy->netdev, rx_errors);
goto drop_nosa;
}
rx_sa = macsec_rxsa_get(rx_sc->sa[macsec_skb_cb(skb)->assoc_num]);
if (!rx_sa) {
/* 10.6.1 if the SA is not in use */
/* If validateFrames is Strict or the C bit in the
* SecTAG is set, discard
*/
struct macsec_rx_sa *active_rx_sa = macsec_active_rxsa_get(rx_sc);
if (hdr->tci_an & MACSEC_TCI_C ||
secy->validate_frames == MACSEC_VALIDATE_STRICT) {
u64_stats_update_begin(&rxsc_stats->syncp);
rxsc_stats->stats.InPktsNotUsingSA++;
u64_stats_update_end(&rxsc_stats->syncp);
DEV_STATS_INC(secy->netdev, rx_errors);
if (active_rx_sa)
this_cpu_inc(active_rx_sa->stats->InPktsNotUsingSA);
goto drop_nosa;
}
/* not Strict, the frame (with the SecTAG and ICV
* removed) is delivered to the Controlled Port.
*/
u64_stats_update_begin(&rxsc_stats->syncp);
rxsc_stats->stats.InPktsUnusedSA++;
u64_stats_update_end(&rxsc_stats->syncp);
if (active_rx_sa)
this_cpu_inc(active_rx_sa->stats->InPktsUnusedSA);
goto deliver;
}
/* First, PN check to avoid decrypting obviously wrong packets */
hdr_pn = ntohl(hdr->packet_number);
if (secy->replay_protect) {
bool late;
spin_lock(&rx_sa->lock);
late = rx_sa->next_pn_halves.lower >= secy->replay_window &&
hdr_pn < (rx_sa->next_pn_halves.lower - secy->replay_window);
if (secy->xpn)
late = late && pn_same_half(rx_sa->next_pn_halves.lower, hdr_pn);
spin_unlock(&rx_sa->lock);
if (late) {
u64_stats_update_begin(&rxsc_stats->syncp);
rxsc_stats->stats.InPktsLate++;
u64_stats_update_end(&rxsc_stats->syncp);
DEV_STATS_INC(macsec->secy.netdev, rx_dropped);
goto drop;
}
}
macsec_skb_cb(skb)->rx_sa = rx_sa;
/* Disabled && !changed text => skip validation */
if (hdr->tci_an & MACSEC_TCI_C ||
secy->validate_frames != MACSEC_VALIDATE_DISABLED)
skb = macsec_decrypt(skb, dev, rx_sa, sci, secy);
if (IS_ERR(skb)) {
/* the decrypt callback needs the reference */
if (PTR_ERR(skb) != -EINPROGRESS) {
macsec_rxsa_put(rx_sa);
macsec_rxsc_put(rx_sc);
}
rcu_read_unlock();
*pskb = NULL;
return RX_HANDLER_CONSUMED;
}
if (!macsec_post_decrypt(skb, secy, hdr_pn))
goto drop;
deliver:
macsec_finalize_skb(skb, secy->icv_len,
macsec_extra_len(macsec_skb_cb(skb)->has_sci));
len = skb->len;
macsec_reset_skb(skb, secy->netdev);
if (rx_sa)
macsec_rxsa_put(rx_sa);
macsec_rxsc_put(rx_sc);
macsec: drop skb sk before calling gro_cells_receive Fei Liu reported a crash when doing netperf on a topo of macsec dev over veth: [ 448.919128] refcount_t: underflow; use-after-free. [ 449.090460] Call trace: [ 449.092895] refcount_sub_and_test+0xb4/0xc0 [ 449.097155] tcp_wfree+0x2c/0x150 [ 449.100460] ip_rcv+0x1d4/0x3a8 [ 449.103591] __netif_receive_skb_core+0x554/0xae0 [ 449.108282] __netif_receive_skb+0x28/0x78 [ 449.112366] netif_receive_skb_internal+0x54/0x100 [ 449.117144] napi_gro_complete+0x70/0xc0 [ 449.121054] napi_gro_flush+0x6c/0x90 [ 449.124703] napi_complete_done+0x50/0x130 [ 449.128788] gro_cell_poll+0x8c/0xa8 [ 449.132351] net_rx_action+0x16c/0x3f8 [ 449.136088] __do_softirq+0x128/0x320 The issue was caused by skb's true_size changed without its sk's sk_wmem_alloc increased in tcp/skb_gro_receive(). Later when the skb is being freed and the skb's truesize is subtracted from its sk's sk_wmem_alloc in tcp_wfree(), underflow occurs. macsec is calling gro_cells_receive() to receive a packet, which actually requires skb->sk to be NULL. However when macsec dev is over veth, it's possible the skb->sk is still set if the skb was not unshared or expanded from the peer veth. ip_rcv() is calling skb_orphan() to drop the skb's sk for tproxy, but it is too late for macsec's calling gro_cells_receive(). So fix it by dropping the skb's sk earlier on rx path of macsec. Fixes: 5491e7c6b1a9 ("macsec: enable GRO and RPS on macsec devices") Reported-by: Xiumei Mu <xmu@redhat.com> Reported-by: Fei Liu <feliu@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-23 09:02:46 +00:00
skb_orphan(skb);
ret = gro_cells_receive(&macsec->gro_cells, skb);
if (ret == NET_RX_SUCCESS)
count_rx(dev, len);
else
DEV_STATS_INC(macsec->secy.netdev, rx_dropped);
rcu_read_unlock();
*pskb = NULL;
return RX_HANDLER_CONSUMED;
drop:
macsec_rxsa_put(rx_sa);
drop_nosa:
macsec_rxsc_put(rx_sc);
rcu_read_unlock();
drop_direct:
kfree_skb(skb);
*pskb = NULL;
return RX_HANDLER_CONSUMED;
nosci:
/* 10.6.1 if the SC is not found */
cbit = !!(hdr->tci_an & MACSEC_TCI_C);
if (!cbit)
macsec_finalize_skb(skb, MACSEC_DEFAULT_ICV_LEN,
macsec_extra_len(macsec_skb_cb(skb)->has_sci));
list_for_each_entry_rcu(macsec, &rxd->secys, secys) {
struct sk_buff *nskb;
secy_stats = this_cpu_ptr(macsec->stats);
/* If validateFrames is Strict or the C bit in the
* SecTAG is set, discard
*/
if (cbit ||
macsec->secy.validate_frames == MACSEC_VALIDATE_STRICT) {
u64_stats_update_begin(&secy_stats->syncp);
secy_stats->stats.InPktsNoSCI++;
u64_stats_update_end(&secy_stats->syncp);
DEV_STATS_INC(macsec->secy.netdev, rx_errors);
continue;
}
/* not strict, the frame (with the SecTAG and ICV
* removed) is delivered to the Controlled Port.
*/
nskb = skb_clone(skb, GFP_ATOMIC);
if (!nskb)
break;
macsec_reset_skb(nskb, macsec->secy.netdev);
net: dev: Makes sure netif_rx() can be invoked in any context. Dave suggested a while ago (eleven years by now) "Let's make netif_rx() work in all contexts and get rid of netif_rx_ni()". Eric agreed and pointed out that modern devices should use netif_receive_skb() to avoid the overhead. In the meantime someone added another variant, netif_rx_any_context(), which behaves as suggested. netif_rx() must be invoked with disabled bottom halves to ensure that pending softirqs, which were raised within the function, are handled. netif_rx_ni() can be invoked only from process context (bottom halves must be enabled) because the function handles pending softirqs without checking if bottom halves were disabled or not. netif_rx_any_context() invokes on the former functions by checking in_interrupts(). netif_rx() could be taught to handle both cases (disabled and enabled bottom halves) by simply disabling bottom halves while invoking netif_rx_internal(). The local_bh_enable() invocation will then invoke pending softirqs only if the BH-disable counter drops to zero. Eric is concerned about the overhead of BH-disable+enable especially in regard to the loopback driver. As critical as this driver is, it will receive a shortcut to avoid the additional overhead which is not needed. Add a local_bh_disable() section in netif_rx() to ensure softirqs are handled if needed. Provide __netif_rx() which does not disable BH and has a lockdep assert to ensure that interrupts are disabled. Use this shortcut in the loopback driver and in drivers/net/*.c. Make netif_rx_ni() and netif_rx_any_context() invoke netif_rx() so they can be removed once they are no more users left. Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20100415.020246.218622820.davem@davemloft.net Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de> Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com> Reviewed-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-02-11 23:38:38 +00:00
ret = __netif_rx(nskb);
if (ret == NET_RX_SUCCESS) {
u64_stats_update_begin(&secy_stats->syncp);
secy_stats->stats.InPktsUnknownSCI++;
u64_stats_update_end(&secy_stats->syncp);
} else {
DEV_STATS_INC(macsec->secy.netdev, rx_dropped);
}
}
rcu_read_unlock();
*pskb = skb;
return RX_HANDLER_PASS;
}
static struct crypto_aead *macsec_alloc_tfm(char *key, int key_len, int icv_len)
{
struct crypto_aead *tfm;
int ret;
tfm = crypto_alloc_aead("gcm(aes)", 0, 0);
if (IS_ERR(tfm))
return tfm;
ret = crypto_aead_setkey(tfm, key, key_len);
if (ret < 0)
goto fail;
ret = crypto_aead_setauthsize(tfm, icv_len);
if (ret < 0)
goto fail;
return tfm;
fail:
crypto_free_aead(tfm);
return ERR_PTR(ret);
}
static int init_rx_sa(struct macsec_rx_sa *rx_sa, char *sak, int key_len,
int icv_len)
{
rx_sa->stats = alloc_percpu(struct macsec_rx_sa_stats);
if (!rx_sa->stats)
return -ENOMEM;
rx_sa->key.tfm = macsec_alloc_tfm(sak, key_len, icv_len);
if (IS_ERR(rx_sa->key.tfm)) {
free_percpu(rx_sa->stats);
return PTR_ERR(rx_sa->key.tfm);
}
rx_sa->ssci = MACSEC_UNDEF_SSCI;
rx_sa->active = false;
rx_sa->next_pn = 1;
refcount_set(&rx_sa->refcnt, 1);
spin_lock_init(&rx_sa->lock);
return 0;
}
static void clear_rx_sa(struct macsec_rx_sa *rx_sa)
{
rx_sa->active = false;
macsec_rxsa_put(rx_sa);
}
static void free_rx_sc(struct macsec_rx_sc *rx_sc)
{
int i;
for (i = 0; i < MACSEC_NUM_AN; i++) {
struct macsec_rx_sa *sa = rtnl_dereference(rx_sc->sa[i]);
RCU_INIT_POINTER(rx_sc->sa[i], NULL);
if (sa)
clear_rx_sa(sa);
}
macsec_rxsc_put(rx_sc);
}
static struct macsec_rx_sc *del_rx_sc(struct macsec_secy *secy, sci_t sci)
{
struct macsec_rx_sc *rx_sc, __rcu **rx_scp;
for (rx_scp = &secy->rx_sc, rx_sc = rtnl_dereference(*rx_scp);
rx_sc;
rx_scp = &rx_sc->next, rx_sc = rtnl_dereference(*rx_scp)) {
if (rx_sc->sci == sci) {
if (rx_sc->active)
secy->n_rx_sc--;
rcu_assign_pointer(*rx_scp, rx_sc->next);
return rx_sc;
}
}
return NULL;
}
static struct macsec_rx_sc *create_rx_sc(struct net_device *dev, sci_t sci,
bool active)
{
struct macsec_rx_sc *rx_sc;
struct macsec_dev *macsec;
struct net_device *real_dev = macsec_priv(dev)->real_dev;
struct macsec_rxh_data *rxd = macsec_data_rtnl(real_dev);
struct macsec_secy *secy;
list_for_each_entry(macsec, &rxd->secys, secys) {
if (find_rx_sc_rtnl(&macsec->secy, sci))
return ERR_PTR(-EEXIST);
}
rx_sc = kzalloc(sizeof(*rx_sc), GFP_KERNEL);
if (!rx_sc)
return ERR_PTR(-ENOMEM);
rx_sc->stats = netdev_alloc_pcpu_stats(struct pcpu_rx_sc_stats);
if (!rx_sc->stats) {
kfree(rx_sc);
return ERR_PTR(-ENOMEM);
}
rx_sc->sci = sci;
rx_sc->active = active;
refcount_set(&rx_sc->refcnt, 1);
secy = &macsec_priv(dev)->secy;
rcu_assign_pointer(rx_sc->next, secy->rx_sc);
rcu_assign_pointer(secy->rx_sc, rx_sc);
if (rx_sc->active)
secy->n_rx_sc++;
return rx_sc;
}
static int init_tx_sa(struct macsec_tx_sa *tx_sa, char *sak, int key_len,
int icv_len)
{
tx_sa->stats = alloc_percpu(struct macsec_tx_sa_stats);
if (!tx_sa->stats)
return -ENOMEM;
tx_sa->key.tfm = macsec_alloc_tfm(sak, key_len, icv_len);
if (IS_ERR(tx_sa->key.tfm)) {
free_percpu(tx_sa->stats);
return PTR_ERR(tx_sa->key.tfm);
}
tx_sa->ssci = MACSEC_UNDEF_SSCI;
tx_sa->active = false;
refcount_set(&tx_sa->refcnt, 1);
spin_lock_init(&tx_sa->lock);
return 0;
}
static void clear_tx_sa(struct macsec_tx_sa *tx_sa)
{
tx_sa->active = false;
macsec_txsa_put(tx_sa);
}
static struct genl_family macsec_fam;
static struct net_device *get_dev_from_nl(struct net *net,
struct nlattr **attrs)
{
int ifindex = nla_get_u32(attrs[MACSEC_ATTR_IFINDEX]);
struct net_device *dev;
dev = __dev_get_by_index(net, ifindex);
if (!dev)
return ERR_PTR(-ENODEV);
if (!netif_is_macsec(dev))
return ERR_PTR(-ENODEV);
return dev;
}
static enum macsec_offload nla_get_offload(const struct nlattr *nla)
{
return (__force enum macsec_offload)nla_get_u8(nla);
}
static sci_t nla_get_sci(const struct nlattr *nla)
{
return (__force sci_t)nla_get_u64(nla);
}
static int nla_put_sci(struct sk_buff *skb, int attrtype, sci_t value,
int padattr)
{
return nla_put_u64_64bit(skb, attrtype, (__force u64)value, padattr);
}
static ssci_t nla_get_ssci(const struct nlattr *nla)
{
return (__force ssci_t)nla_get_u32(nla);
}
static int nla_put_ssci(struct sk_buff *skb, int attrtype, ssci_t value)
{
return nla_put_u32(skb, attrtype, (__force u64)value);
}
static struct macsec_tx_sa *get_txsa_from_nl(struct net *net,
struct nlattr **attrs,
struct nlattr **tb_sa,
struct net_device **devp,
struct macsec_secy **secyp,
struct macsec_tx_sc **scp,
u8 *assoc_num)
{
struct net_device *dev;
struct macsec_secy *secy;
struct macsec_tx_sc *tx_sc;
struct macsec_tx_sa *tx_sa;
if (!tb_sa[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_AN])
return ERR_PTR(-EINVAL);
*assoc_num = nla_get_u8(tb_sa[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_AN]);
dev = get_dev_from_nl(net, attrs);
if (IS_ERR(dev))
return ERR_CAST(dev);
if (*assoc_num >= MACSEC_NUM_AN)
return ERR_PTR(-EINVAL);
secy = &macsec_priv(dev)->secy;
tx_sc = &secy->tx_sc;
tx_sa = rtnl_dereference(tx_sc->sa[*assoc_num]);
if (!tx_sa)
return ERR_PTR(-ENODEV);
*devp = dev;
*scp = tx_sc;
*secyp = secy;
return tx_sa;
}
static struct macsec_rx_sc *get_rxsc_from_nl(struct net *net,
struct nlattr **attrs,
struct nlattr **tb_rxsc,
struct net_device **devp,
struct macsec_secy **secyp)
{
struct net_device *dev;
struct macsec_secy *secy;
struct macsec_rx_sc *rx_sc;
sci_t sci;
dev = get_dev_from_nl(net, attrs);
if (IS_ERR(dev))
return ERR_CAST(dev);
secy = &macsec_priv(dev)->secy;
if (!tb_rxsc[MACSEC_RXSC_ATTR_SCI])
return ERR_PTR(-EINVAL);
sci = nla_get_sci(tb_rxsc[MACSEC_RXSC_ATTR_SCI]);
rx_sc = find_rx_sc_rtnl(secy, sci);
if (!rx_sc)
return ERR_PTR(-ENODEV);
*secyp = secy;
*devp = dev;
return rx_sc;
}
static struct macsec_rx_sa *get_rxsa_from_nl(struct net *net,
struct nlattr **attrs,
struct nlattr **tb_rxsc,
struct nlattr **tb_sa,
struct net_device **devp,
struct macsec_secy **secyp,
struct macsec_rx_sc **scp,
u8 *assoc_num)
{
struct macsec_rx_sc *rx_sc;
struct macsec_rx_sa *rx_sa;
if (!tb_sa[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_AN])
return ERR_PTR(-EINVAL);
*assoc_num = nla_get_u8(tb_sa[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_AN]);
if (*assoc_num >= MACSEC_NUM_AN)
return ERR_PTR(-EINVAL);
rx_sc = get_rxsc_from_nl(net, attrs, tb_rxsc, devp, secyp);
if (IS_ERR(rx_sc))
return ERR_CAST(rx_sc);
rx_sa = rtnl_dereference(rx_sc->sa[*assoc_num]);
if (!rx_sa)
return ERR_PTR(-ENODEV);
*scp = rx_sc;
return rx_sa;
}
static const struct nla_policy macsec_genl_policy[NUM_MACSEC_ATTR] = {
[MACSEC_ATTR_IFINDEX] = { .type = NLA_U32 },
[MACSEC_ATTR_RXSC_CONFIG] = { .type = NLA_NESTED },
[MACSEC_ATTR_SA_CONFIG] = { .type = NLA_NESTED },
[MACSEC_ATTR_OFFLOAD] = { .type = NLA_NESTED },
};
static const struct nla_policy macsec_genl_rxsc_policy[NUM_MACSEC_RXSC_ATTR] = {
[MACSEC_RXSC_ATTR_SCI] = { .type = NLA_U64 },
[MACSEC_RXSC_ATTR_ACTIVE] = { .type = NLA_U8 },
};
static const struct nla_policy macsec_genl_sa_policy[NUM_MACSEC_SA_ATTR] = {
[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_AN] = { .type = NLA_U8 },
[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_ACTIVE] = { .type = NLA_U8 },
[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_PN] = NLA_POLICY_MIN_LEN(4),
[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_KEYID] = { .type = NLA_BINARY,
.len = MACSEC_KEYID_LEN, },
[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_KEY] = { .type = NLA_BINARY,
.len = MACSEC_MAX_KEY_LEN, },
[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_SSCI] = { .type = NLA_U32 },
[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_SALT] = { .type = NLA_BINARY,
.len = MACSEC_SALT_LEN, },
};
static const struct nla_policy macsec_genl_offload_policy[NUM_MACSEC_OFFLOAD_ATTR] = {
[MACSEC_OFFLOAD_ATTR_TYPE] = { .type = NLA_U8 },
};
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
/* Offloads an operation to a device driver */
static int macsec_offload(int (* const func)(struct macsec_context *),
struct macsec_context *ctx)
{
int ret;
if (unlikely(!func))
return 0;
if (ctx->offload == MACSEC_OFFLOAD_PHY)
mutex_lock(&ctx->phydev->lock);
ret = (*func)(ctx);
if (ctx->offload == MACSEC_OFFLOAD_PHY)
mutex_unlock(&ctx->phydev->lock);
return ret;
}
static int parse_sa_config(struct nlattr **attrs, struct nlattr **tb_sa)
{
if (!attrs[MACSEC_ATTR_SA_CONFIG])
return -EINVAL;
netlink: make validation more configurable for future strictness We currently have two levels of strict validation: 1) liberal (default) - undefined (type >= max) & NLA_UNSPEC attributes accepted - attribute length >= expected accepted - garbage at end of message accepted 2) strict (opt-in) - NLA_UNSPEC attributes accepted - attribute length >= expected accepted Split out parsing strictness into four different options: * TRAILING - check that there's no trailing data after parsing attributes (in message or nested) * MAXTYPE - reject attrs > max known type * UNSPEC - reject attributes with NLA_UNSPEC policy entries * STRICT_ATTRS - strictly validate attribute size The default for future things should be *everything*. The current *_strict() is a combination of TRAILING and MAXTYPE, and is renamed to _deprecated_strict(). The current regular parsing has none of this, and is renamed to *_parse_deprecated(). Additionally it allows us to selectively set one of the new flags even on old policies. Notably, the UNSPEC flag could be useful in this case, since it can be arranged (by filling in the policy) to not be an incompatible userspace ABI change, but would then going forward prevent forgetting attribute entries. Similar can apply to the POLICY flag. We end up with the following renames: * nla_parse -> nla_parse_deprecated * nla_parse_strict -> nla_parse_deprecated_strict * nlmsg_parse -> nlmsg_parse_deprecated * nlmsg_parse_strict -> nlmsg_parse_deprecated_strict * nla_parse_nested -> nla_parse_nested_deprecated * nla_validate_nested -> nla_validate_nested_deprecated Using spatch, of course: @@ expression TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT; @@ -nla_parse(TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT) +nla_parse_deprecated(TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT) @@ expression NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT; @@ -nlmsg_parse(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT) +nlmsg_parse_deprecated(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT) @@ expression NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT; @@ -nlmsg_parse_strict(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT) +nlmsg_parse_deprecated_strict(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT) @@ expression TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT; @@ -nla_parse_nested(TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT) +nla_parse_nested_deprecated(TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT) @@ expression START, MAX, POL, EXT; @@ -nla_validate_nested(START, MAX, POL, EXT) +nla_validate_nested_deprecated(START, MAX, POL, EXT) @@ expression NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT; @@ -nlmsg_validate(NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT) +nlmsg_validate_deprecated(NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT) For this patch, don't actually add the strict, non-renamed versions yet so that it breaks compile if I get it wrong. Also, while at it, make nla_validate and nla_parse go down to a common __nla_validate_parse() function to avoid code duplication. Ultimately, this allows us to have very strict validation for every new caller of nla_parse()/nlmsg_parse() etc as re-introduced in the next patch, while existing things will continue to work as is. In effect then, this adds fully strict validation for any new command. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 12:07:28 +00:00
if (nla_parse_nested_deprecated(tb_sa, MACSEC_SA_ATTR_MAX, attrs[MACSEC_ATTR_SA_CONFIG], macsec_genl_sa_policy, NULL))
return -EINVAL;
return 0;
}
static int parse_rxsc_config(struct nlattr **attrs, struct nlattr **tb_rxsc)
{
if (!attrs[MACSEC_ATTR_RXSC_CONFIG])
return -EINVAL;
netlink: make validation more configurable for future strictness We currently have two levels of strict validation: 1) liberal (default) - undefined (type >= max) & NLA_UNSPEC attributes accepted - attribute length >= expected accepted - garbage at end of message accepted 2) strict (opt-in) - NLA_UNSPEC attributes accepted - attribute length >= expected accepted Split out parsing strictness into four different options: * TRAILING - check that there's no trailing data after parsing attributes (in message or nested) * MAXTYPE - reject attrs > max known type * UNSPEC - reject attributes with NLA_UNSPEC policy entries * STRICT_ATTRS - strictly validate attribute size The default for future things should be *everything*. The current *_strict() is a combination of TRAILING and MAXTYPE, and is renamed to _deprecated_strict(). The current regular parsing has none of this, and is renamed to *_parse_deprecated(). Additionally it allows us to selectively set one of the new flags even on old policies. Notably, the UNSPEC flag could be useful in this case, since it can be arranged (by filling in the policy) to not be an incompatible userspace ABI change, but would then going forward prevent forgetting attribute entries. Similar can apply to the POLICY flag. We end up with the following renames: * nla_parse -> nla_parse_deprecated * nla_parse_strict -> nla_parse_deprecated_strict * nlmsg_parse -> nlmsg_parse_deprecated * nlmsg_parse_strict -> nlmsg_parse_deprecated_strict * nla_parse_nested -> nla_parse_nested_deprecated * nla_validate_nested -> nla_validate_nested_deprecated Using spatch, of course: @@ expression TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT; @@ -nla_parse(TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT) +nla_parse_deprecated(TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT) @@ expression NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT; @@ -nlmsg_parse(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT) +nlmsg_parse_deprecated(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT) @@ expression NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT; @@ -nlmsg_parse_strict(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT) +nlmsg_parse_deprecated_strict(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT) @@ expression TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT; @@ -nla_parse_nested(TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT) +nla_parse_nested_deprecated(TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT) @@ expression START, MAX, POL, EXT; @@ -nla_validate_nested(START, MAX, POL, EXT) +nla_validate_nested_deprecated(START, MAX, POL, EXT) @@ expression NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT; @@ -nlmsg_validate(NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT) +nlmsg_validate_deprecated(NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT) For this patch, don't actually add the strict, non-renamed versions yet so that it breaks compile if I get it wrong. Also, while at it, make nla_validate and nla_parse go down to a common __nla_validate_parse() function to avoid code duplication. Ultimately, this allows us to have very strict validation for every new caller of nla_parse()/nlmsg_parse() etc as re-introduced in the next patch, while existing things will continue to work as is. In effect then, this adds fully strict validation for any new command. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 12:07:28 +00:00
if (nla_parse_nested_deprecated(tb_rxsc, MACSEC_RXSC_ATTR_MAX, attrs[MACSEC_ATTR_RXSC_CONFIG], macsec_genl_rxsc_policy, NULL))
return -EINVAL;
return 0;
}
static bool validate_add_rxsa(struct nlattr **attrs)
{
if (!attrs[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_AN] ||
!attrs[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_KEY] ||
!attrs[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_KEYID])
return false;
if (nla_get_u8(attrs[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_AN]) >= MACSEC_NUM_AN)
return false;
if (attrs[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_PN] &&
nla_get_u64(attrs[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_PN]) == 0)
return false;
if (attrs[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_ACTIVE]) {
if (nla_get_u8(attrs[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_ACTIVE]) > 1)
return false;
}
if (nla_len(attrs[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_KEYID]) != MACSEC_KEYID_LEN)
return false;
return true;
}
static int macsec_add_rxsa(struct sk_buff *skb, struct genl_info *info)
{
struct net_device *dev;
struct nlattr **attrs = info->attrs;
struct macsec_secy *secy;
struct macsec_rx_sc *rx_sc;
struct macsec_rx_sa *rx_sa;
unsigned char assoc_num;
int pn_len;
struct nlattr *tb_rxsc[MACSEC_RXSC_ATTR_MAX + 1];
struct nlattr *tb_sa[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_MAX + 1];
int err;
if (!attrs[MACSEC_ATTR_IFINDEX])
return -EINVAL;
if (parse_sa_config(attrs, tb_sa))
return -EINVAL;
if (parse_rxsc_config(attrs, tb_rxsc))
return -EINVAL;
if (!validate_add_rxsa(tb_sa))
return -EINVAL;
rtnl_lock();
rx_sc = get_rxsc_from_nl(genl_info_net(info), attrs, tb_rxsc, &dev, &secy);
if (IS_ERR(rx_sc)) {
rtnl_unlock();
return PTR_ERR(rx_sc);
}
assoc_num = nla_get_u8(tb_sa[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_AN]);
if (nla_len(tb_sa[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_KEY]) != secy->key_len) {
pr_notice("macsec: nl: add_rxsa: bad key length: %d != %d\n",
nla_len(tb_sa[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_KEY]), secy->key_len);
rtnl_unlock();
return -EINVAL;
}
pn_len = secy->xpn ? MACSEC_XPN_PN_LEN : MACSEC_DEFAULT_PN_LEN;
if (tb_sa[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_PN] &&
nla_len(tb_sa[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_PN]) != pn_len) {
pr_notice("macsec: nl: add_rxsa: bad pn length: %d != %d\n",
nla_len(tb_sa[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_PN]), pn_len);
rtnl_unlock();
return -EINVAL;
}
if (secy->xpn) {
if (!tb_sa[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_SSCI] || !tb_sa[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_SALT]) {
rtnl_unlock();
return -EINVAL;
}
if (nla_len(tb_sa[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_SALT]) != MACSEC_SALT_LEN) {
pr_notice("macsec: nl: add_rxsa: bad salt length: %d != %d\n",
nla_len(tb_sa[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_SALT]),
MACSEC_SALT_LEN);
rtnl_unlock();
return -EINVAL;
}
}
rx_sa = rtnl_dereference(rx_sc->sa[assoc_num]);
if (rx_sa) {
rtnl_unlock();
return -EBUSY;
}
rx_sa = kmalloc(sizeof(*rx_sa), GFP_KERNEL);
if (!rx_sa) {
rtnl_unlock();
return -ENOMEM;
}
err = init_rx_sa(rx_sa, nla_data(tb_sa[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_KEY]),
secy->key_len, secy->icv_len);
if (err < 0) {
kfree(rx_sa);
rtnl_unlock();
return err;
}
if (tb_sa[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_PN]) {
spin_lock_bh(&rx_sa->lock);
rx_sa->next_pn = nla_get_u64(tb_sa[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_PN]);
spin_unlock_bh(&rx_sa->lock);
}
if (tb_sa[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_ACTIVE])
rx_sa->active = !!nla_get_u8(tb_sa[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_ACTIVE]);
rx_sa->sc = rx_sc;
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
if (secy->xpn) {
rx_sa->ssci = nla_get_ssci(tb_sa[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_SSCI]);
nla_memcpy(rx_sa->key.salt.bytes, tb_sa[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_SALT],
MACSEC_SALT_LEN);
}
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
/* If h/w offloading is available, propagate to the device */
if (macsec_is_offloaded(netdev_priv(dev))) {
const struct macsec_ops *ops;
struct macsec_context ctx;
ops = macsec_get_ops(netdev_priv(dev), &ctx);
if (!ops) {
err = -EOPNOTSUPP;
goto cleanup;
}
ctx.sa.assoc_num = assoc_num;
ctx.sa.rx_sa = rx_sa;
ctx.secy = secy;
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
memcpy(ctx.sa.key, nla_data(tb_sa[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_KEY]),
secy->key_len);
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
err = macsec_offload(ops->mdo_add_rxsa, &ctx);
memzero_explicit(ctx.sa.key, secy->key_len);
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
if (err)
goto cleanup;
}
nla_memcpy(rx_sa->key.id, tb_sa[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_KEYID], MACSEC_KEYID_LEN);
rcu_assign_pointer(rx_sc->sa[assoc_num], rx_sa);
rtnl_unlock();
return 0;
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
cleanup:
macsec_rxsa_put(rx_sa);
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
rtnl_unlock();
return err;
}
static bool validate_add_rxsc(struct nlattr **attrs)
{
if (!attrs[MACSEC_RXSC_ATTR_SCI])
return false;
if (attrs[MACSEC_RXSC_ATTR_ACTIVE]) {
if (nla_get_u8(attrs[MACSEC_RXSC_ATTR_ACTIVE]) > 1)
return false;
}
return true;
}
static int macsec_add_rxsc(struct sk_buff *skb, struct genl_info *info)
{
struct net_device *dev;
sci_t sci = MACSEC_UNDEF_SCI;
struct nlattr **attrs = info->attrs;
struct macsec_rx_sc *rx_sc;
struct nlattr *tb_rxsc[MACSEC_RXSC_ATTR_MAX + 1];
struct macsec_secy *secy;
bool active = true;
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
int ret;
if (!attrs[MACSEC_ATTR_IFINDEX])
return -EINVAL;
if (parse_rxsc_config(attrs, tb_rxsc))
return -EINVAL;
if (!validate_add_rxsc(tb_rxsc))
return -EINVAL;
rtnl_lock();
dev = get_dev_from_nl(genl_info_net(info), attrs);
if (IS_ERR(dev)) {
rtnl_unlock();
return PTR_ERR(dev);
}
secy = &macsec_priv(dev)->secy;
sci = nla_get_sci(tb_rxsc[MACSEC_RXSC_ATTR_SCI]);
if (tb_rxsc[MACSEC_RXSC_ATTR_ACTIVE])
active = nla_get_u8(tb_rxsc[MACSEC_RXSC_ATTR_ACTIVE]);
rx_sc = create_rx_sc(dev, sci, active);
if (IS_ERR(rx_sc)) {
rtnl_unlock();
return PTR_ERR(rx_sc);
}
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
if (macsec_is_offloaded(netdev_priv(dev))) {
const struct macsec_ops *ops;
struct macsec_context ctx;
ops = macsec_get_ops(netdev_priv(dev), &ctx);
if (!ops) {
ret = -EOPNOTSUPP;
goto cleanup;
}
ctx.rx_sc = rx_sc;
ctx.secy = secy;
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
ret = macsec_offload(ops->mdo_add_rxsc, &ctx);
if (ret)
goto cleanup;
}
rtnl_unlock();
return 0;
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
cleanup:
del_rx_sc(secy, sci);
free_rx_sc(rx_sc);
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
rtnl_unlock();
return ret;
}
static bool validate_add_txsa(struct nlattr **attrs)
{
if (!attrs[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_AN] ||
!attrs[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_PN] ||
!attrs[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_KEY] ||
!attrs[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_KEYID])
return false;
if (nla_get_u8(attrs[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_AN]) >= MACSEC_NUM_AN)
return false;
if (nla_get_u64(attrs[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_PN]) == 0)
return false;
if (attrs[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_ACTIVE]) {
if (nla_get_u8(attrs[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_ACTIVE]) > 1)
return false;
}
if (nla_len(attrs[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_KEYID]) != MACSEC_KEYID_LEN)
return false;
return true;
}
static int macsec_add_txsa(struct sk_buff *skb, struct genl_info *info)
{
struct net_device *dev;
struct nlattr **attrs = info->attrs;
struct macsec_secy *secy;
struct macsec_tx_sc *tx_sc;
struct macsec_tx_sa *tx_sa;
unsigned char assoc_num;
int pn_len;
struct nlattr *tb_sa[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_MAX + 1];
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
bool was_operational;
int err;
if (!attrs[MACSEC_ATTR_IFINDEX])
return -EINVAL;
if (parse_sa_config(attrs, tb_sa))
return -EINVAL;
if (!validate_add_txsa(tb_sa))
return -EINVAL;
rtnl_lock();
dev = get_dev_from_nl(genl_info_net(info), attrs);
if (IS_ERR(dev)) {
rtnl_unlock();
return PTR_ERR(dev);
}
secy = &macsec_priv(dev)->secy;
tx_sc = &secy->tx_sc;
assoc_num = nla_get_u8(tb_sa[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_AN]);
if (nla_len(tb_sa[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_KEY]) != secy->key_len) {
pr_notice("macsec: nl: add_txsa: bad key length: %d != %d\n",
nla_len(tb_sa[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_KEY]), secy->key_len);
rtnl_unlock();
return -EINVAL;
}
pn_len = secy->xpn ? MACSEC_XPN_PN_LEN : MACSEC_DEFAULT_PN_LEN;
if (nla_len(tb_sa[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_PN]) != pn_len) {
pr_notice("macsec: nl: add_txsa: bad pn length: %d != %d\n",
nla_len(tb_sa[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_PN]), pn_len);
rtnl_unlock();
return -EINVAL;
}
if (secy->xpn) {
if (!tb_sa[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_SSCI] || !tb_sa[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_SALT]) {
rtnl_unlock();
return -EINVAL;
}
if (nla_len(tb_sa[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_SALT]) != MACSEC_SALT_LEN) {
pr_notice("macsec: nl: add_txsa: bad salt length: %d != %d\n",
nla_len(tb_sa[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_SALT]),
MACSEC_SALT_LEN);
rtnl_unlock();
return -EINVAL;
}
}
tx_sa = rtnl_dereference(tx_sc->sa[assoc_num]);
if (tx_sa) {
rtnl_unlock();
return -EBUSY;
}
tx_sa = kmalloc(sizeof(*tx_sa), GFP_KERNEL);
if (!tx_sa) {
rtnl_unlock();
return -ENOMEM;
}
err = init_tx_sa(tx_sa, nla_data(tb_sa[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_KEY]),
secy->key_len, secy->icv_len);
if (err < 0) {
kfree(tx_sa);
rtnl_unlock();
return err;
}
spin_lock_bh(&tx_sa->lock);
tx_sa->next_pn = nla_get_u64(tb_sa[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_PN]);
spin_unlock_bh(&tx_sa->lock);
if (tb_sa[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_ACTIVE])
tx_sa->active = !!nla_get_u8(tb_sa[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_ACTIVE]);
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
was_operational = secy->operational;
if (assoc_num == tx_sc->encoding_sa && tx_sa->active)
secy->operational = true;
if (secy->xpn) {
tx_sa->ssci = nla_get_ssci(tb_sa[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_SSCI]);
nla_memcpy(tx_sa->key.salt.bytes, tb_sa[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_SALT],
MACSEC_SALT_LEN);
}
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
/* If h/w offloading is available, propagate to the device */
if (macsec_is_offloaded(netdev_priv(dev))) {
const struct macsec_ops *ops;
struct macsec_context ctx;
ops = macsec_get_ops(netdev_priv(dev), &ctx);
if (!ops) {
err = -EOPNOTSUPP;
goto cleanup;
}
ctx.sa.assoc_num = assoc_num;
ctx.sa.tx_sa = tx_sa;
ctx.secy = secy;
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
memcpy(ctx.sa.key, nla_data(tb_sa[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_KEY]),
secy->key_len);
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
err = macsec_offload(ops->mdo_add_txsa, &ctx);
memzero_explicit(ctx.sa.key, secy->key_len);
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
if (err)
goto cleanup;
}
nla_memcpy(tx_sa->key.id, tb_sa[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_KEYID], MACSEC_KEYID_LEN);
rcu_assign_pointer(tx_sc->sa[assoc_num], tx_sa);
rtnl_unlock();
return 0;
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
cleanup:
secy->operational = was_operational;
macsec_txsa_put(tx_sa);
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
rtnl_unlock();
return err;
}
static int macsec_del_rxsa(struct sk_buff *skb, struct genl_info *info)
{
struct nlattr **attrs = info->attrs;
struct net_device *dev;
struct macsec_secy *secy;
struct macsec_rx_sc *rx_sc;
struct macsec_rx_sa *rx_sa;
u8 assoc_num;
struct nlattr *tb_rxsc[MACSEC_RXSC_ATTR_MAX + 1];
struct nlattr *tb_sa[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_MAX + 1];
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
int ret;
if (!attrs[MACSEC_ATTR_IFINDEX])
return -EINVAL;
if (parse_sa_config(attrs, tb_sa))
return -EINVAL;
if (parse_rxsc_config(attrs, tb_rxsc))
return -EINVAL;
rtnl_lock();
rx_sa = get_rxsa_from_nl(genl_info_net(info), attrs, tb_rxsc, tb_sa,
&dev, &secy, &rx_sc, &assoc_num);
if (IS_ERR(rx_sa)) {
rtnl_unlock();
return PTR_ERR(rx_sa);
}
if (rx_sa->active) {
rtnl_unlock();
return -EBUSY;
}
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
/* If h/w offloading is available, propagate to the device */
if (macsec_is_offloaded(netdev_priv(dev))) {
const struct macsec_ops *ops;
struct macsec_context ctx;
ops = macsec_get_ops(netdev_priv(dev), &ctx);
if (!ops) {
ret = -EOPNOTSUPP;
goto cleanup;
}
ctx.sa.assoc_num = assoc_num;
ctx.sa.rx_sa = rx_sa;
ctx.secy = secy;
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
ret = macsec_offload(ops->mdo_del_rxsa, &ctx);
if (ret)
goto cleanup;
}
RCU_INIT_POINTER(rx_sc->sa[assoc_num], NULL);
clear_rx_sa(rx_sa);
rtnl_unlock();
return 0;
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
cleanup:
rtnl_unlock();
return ret;
}
static int macsec_del_rxsc(struct sk_buff *skb, struct genl_info *info)
{
struct nlattr **attrs = info->attrs;
struct net_device *dev;
struct macsec_secy *secy;
struct macsec_rx_sc *rx_sc;
sci_t sci;
struct nlattr *tb_rxsc[MACSEC_RXSC_ATTR_MAX + 1];
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
int ret;
if (!attrs[MACSEC_ATTR_IFINDEX])
return -EINVAL;
if (parse_rxsc_config(attrs, tb_rxsc))
return -EINVAL;
if (!tb_rxsc[MACSEC_RXSC_ATTR_SCI])
return -EINVAL;
rtnl_lock();
dev = get_dev_from_nl(genl_info_net(info), info->attrs);
if (IS_ERR(dev)) {
rtnl_unlock();
return PTR_ERR(dev);
}
secy = &macsec_priv(dev)->secy;
sci = nla_get_sci(tb_rxsc[MACSEC_RXSC_ATTR_SCI]);
rx_sc = del_rx_sc(secy, sci);
if (!rx_sc) {
rtnl_unlock();
return -ENODEV;
}
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
/* If h/w offloading is available, propagate to the device */
if (macsec_is_offloaded(netdev_priv(dev))) {
const struct macsec_ops *ops;
struct macsec_context ctx;
ops = macsec_get_ops(netdev_priv(dev), &ctx);
if (!ops) {
ret = -EOPNOTSUPP;
goto cleanup;
}
ctx.rx_sc = rx_sc;
ctx.secy = secy;
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
ret = macsec_offload(ops->mdo_del_rxsc, &ctx);
if (ret)
goto cleanup;
}
free_rx_sc(rx_sc);
rtnl_unlock();
return 0;
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
cleanup:
rtnl_unlock();
return ret;
}
static int macsec_del_txsa(struct sk_buff *skb, struct genl_info *info)
{
struct nlattr **attrs = info->attrs;
struct net_device *dev;
struct macsec_secy *secy;
struct macsec_tx_sc *tx_sc;
struct macsec_tx_sa *tx_sa;
u8 assoc_num;
struct nlattr *tb_sa[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_MAX + 1];
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
int ret;
if (!attrs[MACSEC_ATTR_IFINDEX])
return -EINVAL;
if (parse_sa_config(attrs, tb_sa))
return -EINVAL;
rtnl_lock();
tx_sa = get_txsa_from_nl(genl_info_net(info), attrs, tb_sa,
&dev, &secy, &tx_sc, &assoc_num);
if (IS_ERR(tx_sa)) {
rtnl_unlock();
return PTR_ERR(tx_sa);
}
if (tx_sa->active) {
rtnl_unlock();
return -EBUSY;
}
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
/* If h/w offloading is available, propagate to the device */
if (macsec_is_offloaded(netdev_priv(dev))) {
const struct macsec_ops *ops;
struct macsec_context ctx;
ops = macsec_get_ops(netdev_priv(dev), &ctx);
if (!ops) {
ret = -EOPNOTSUPP;
goto cleanup;
}
ctx.sa.assoc_num = assoc_num;
ctx.sa.tx_sa = tx_sa;
ctx.secy = secy;
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
ret = macsec_offload(ops->mdo_del_txsa, &ctx);
if (ret)
goto cleanup;
}
RCU_INIT_POINTER(tx_sc->sa[assoc_num], NULL);
clear_tx_sa(tx_sa);
rtnl_unlock();
return 0;
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
cleanup:
rtnl_unlock();
return ret;
}
static bool validate_upd_sa(struct nlattr **attrs)
{
if (!attrs[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_AN] ||
attrs[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_KEY] ||
attrs[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_KEYID] ||
attrs[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_SSCI] ||
attrs[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_SALT])
return false;
if (nla_get_u8(attrs[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_AN]) >= MACSEC_NUM_AN)
return false;
if (attrs[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_PN] && nla_get_u64(attrs[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_PN]) == 0)
return false;
if (attrs[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_ACTIVE]) {
if (nla_get_u8(attrs[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_ACTIVE]) > 1)
return false;
}
return true;
}
static int macsec_upd_txsa(struct sk_buff *skb, struct genl_info *info)
{
struct nlattr **attrs = info->attrs;
struct net_device *dev;
struct macsec_secy *secy;
struct macsec_tx_sc *tx_sc;
struct macsec_tx_sa *tx_sa;
u8 assoc_num;
struct nlattr *tb_sa[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_MAX + 1];
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
bool was_operational, was_active;
pn_t prev_pn;
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
int ret = 0;
prev_pn.full64 = 0;
if (!attrs[MACSEC_ATTR_IFINDEX])
return -EINVAL;
if (parse_sa_config(attrs, tb_sa))
return -EINVAL;
if (!validate_upd_sa(tb_sa))
return -EINVAL;
rtnl_lock();
tx_sa = get_txsa_from_nl(genl_info_net(info), attrs, tb_sa,
&dev, &secy, &tx_sc, &assoc_num);
if (IS_ERR(tx_sa)) {
rtnl_unlock();
return PTR_ERR(tx_sa);
}
if (tb_sa[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_PN]) {
int pn_len;
pn_len = secy->xpn ? MACSEC_XPN_PN_LEN : MACSEC_DEFAULT_PN_LEN;
if (nla_len(tb_sa[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_PN]) != pn_len) {
pr_notice("macsec: nl: upd_txsa: bad pn length: %d != %d\n",
nla_len(tb_sa[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_PN]), pn_len);
rtnl_unlock();
return -EINVAL;
}
spin_lock_bh(&tx_sa->lock);
prev_pn = tx_sa->next_pn_halves;
tx_sa->next_pn = nla_get_u64(tb_sa[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_PN]);
spin_unlock_bh(&tx_sa->lock);
}
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
was_active = tx_sa->active;
if (tb_sa[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_ACTIVE])
tx_sa->active = nla_get_u8(tb_sa[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_ACTIVE]);
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
was_operational = secy->operational;
if (assoc_num == tx_sc->encoding_sa)
secy->operational = tx_sa->active;
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
/* If h/w offloading is available, propagate to the device */
if (macsec_is_offloaded(netdev_priv(dev))) {
const struct macsec_ops *ops;
struct macsec_context ctx;
ops = macsec_get_ops(netdev_priv(dev), &ctx);
if (!ops) {
ret = -EOPNOTSUPP;
goto cleanup;
}
ctx.sa.assoc_num = assoc_num;
ctx.sa.tx_sa = tx_sa;
ctx.sa.update_pn = !!prev_pn.full64;
ctx.secy = secy;
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
ret = macsec_offload(ops->mdo_upd_txsa, &ctx);
if (ret)
goto cleanup;
}
rtnl_unlock();
return 0;
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
cleanup:
if (tb_sa[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_PN]) {
spin_lock_bh(&tx_sa->lock);
tx_sa->next_pn_halves = prev_pn;
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
spin_unlock_bh(&tx_sa->lock);
}
tx_sa->active = was_active;
secy->operational = was_operational;
rtnl_unlock();
return ret;
}
static int macsec_upd_rxsa(struct sk_buff *skb, struct genl_info *info)
{
struct nlattr **attrs = info->attrs;
struct net_device *dev;
struct macsec_secy *secy;
struct macsec_rx_sc *rx_sc;
struct macsec_rx_sa *rx_sa;
u8 assoc_num;
struct nlattr *tb_rxsc[MACSEC_RXSC_ATTR_MAX + 1];
struct nlattr *tb_sa[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_MAX + 1];
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
bool was_active;
pn_t prev_pn;
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
int ret = 0;
prev_pn.full64 = 0;
if (!attrs[MACSEC_ATTR_IFINDEX])
return -EINVAL;
if (parse_rxsc_config(attrs, tb_rxsc))
return -EINVAL;
if (parse_sa_config(attrs, tb_sa))
return -EINVAL;
if (!validate_upd_sa(tb_sa))
return -EINVAL;
rtnl_lock();
rx_sa = get_rxsa_from_nl(genl_info_net(info), attrs, tb_rxsc, tb_sa,
&dev, &secy, &rx_sc, &assoc_num);
if (IS_ERR(rx_sa)) {
rtnl_unlock();
return PTR_ERR(rx_sa);
}
if (tb_sa[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_PN]) {
int pn_len;
pn_len = secy->xpn ? MACSEC_XPN_PN_LEN : MACSEC_DEFAULT_PN_LEN;
if (nla_len(tb_sa[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_PN]) != pn_len) {
pr_notice("macsec: nl: upd_rxsa: bad pn length: %d != %d\n",
nla_len(tb_sa[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_PN]), pn_len);
rtnl_unlock();
return -EINVAL;
}
spin_lock_bh(&rx_sa->lock);
prev_pn = rx_sa->next_pn_halves;
rx_sa->next_pn = nla_get_u64(tb_sa[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_PN]);
spin_unlock_bh(&rx_sa->lock);
}
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
was_active = rx_sa->active;
if (tb_sa[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_ACTIVE])
rx_sa->active = nla_get_u8(tb_sa[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_ACTIVE]);
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
/* If h/w offloading is available, propagate to the device */
if (macsec_is_offloaded(netdev_priv(dev))) {
const struct macsec_ops *ops;
struct macsec_context ctx;
ops = macsec_get_ops(netdev_priv(dev), &ctx);
if (!ops) {
ret = -EOPNOTSUPP;
goto cleanup;
}
ctx.sa.assoc_num = assoc_num;
ctx.sa.rx_sa = rx_sa;
ctx.sa.update_pn = !!prev_pn.full64;
ctx.secy = secy;
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
ret = macsec_offload(ops->mdo_upd_rxsa, &ctx);
if (ret)
goto cleanup;
}
rtnl_unlock();
return 0;
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
cleanup:
if (tb_sa[MACSEC_SA_ATTR_PN]) {
spin_lock_bh(&rx_sa->lock);
rx_sa->next_pn_halves = prev_pn;
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
spin_unlock_bh(&rx_sa->lock);
}
rx_sa->active = was_active;
rtnl_unlock();
return ret;
}
static int macsec_upd_rxsc(struct sk_buff *skb, struct genl_info *info)
{
struct nlattr **attrs = info->attrs;
struct net_device *dev;
struct macsec_secy *secy;
struct macsec_rx_sc *rx_sc;
struct nlattr *tb_rxsc[MACSEC_RXSC_ATTR_MAX + 1];
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
unsigned int prev_n_rx_sc;
bool was_active;
int ret;
if (!attrs[MACSEC_ATTR_IFINDEX])
return -EINVAL;
if (parse_rxsc_config(attrs, tb_rxsc))
return -EINVAL;
if (!validate_add_rxsc(tb_rxsc))
return -EINVAL;
rtnl_lock();
rx_sc = get_rxsc_from_nl(genl_info_net(info), attrs, tb_rxsc, &dev, &secy);
if (IS_ERR(rx_sc)) {
rtnl_unlock();
return PTR_ERR(rx_sc);
}
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
was_active = rx_sc->active;
prev_n_rx_sc = secy->n_rx_sc;
if (tb_rxsc[MACSEC_RXSC_ATTR_ACTIVE]) {
bool new = !!nla_get_u8(tb_rxsc[MACSEC_RXSC_ATTR_ACTIVE]);
if (rx_sc->active != new)
secy->n_rx_sc += new ? 1 : -1;
rx_sc->active = new;
}
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
/* If h/w offloading is available, propagate to the device */
if (macsec_is_offloaded(netdev_priv(dev))) {
const struct macsec_ops *ops;
struct macsec_context ctx;
ops = macsec_get_ops(netdev_priv(dev), &ctx);
if (!ops) {
ret = -EOPNOTSUPP;
goto cleanup;
}
ctx.rx_sc = rx_sc;
ctx.secy = secy;
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
ret = macsec_offload(ops->mdo_upd_rxsc, &ctx);
if (ret)
goto cleanup;
}
rtnl_unlock();
return 0;
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
cleanup:
secy->n_rx_sc = prev_n_rx_sc;
rx_sc->active = was_active;
rtnl_unlock();
return ret;
}
static bool macsec_is_configured(struct macsec_dev *macsec)
{
struct macsec_secy *secy = &macsec->secy;
struct macsec_tx_sc *tx_sc = &secy->tx_sc;
int i;
if (secy->rx_sc)
return true;
for (i = 0; i < MACSEC_NUM_AN; i++)
if (tx_sc->sa[i])
return true;
return false;
}
static bool macsec_needs_tx_tag(struct macsec_dev *macsec,
const struct macsec_ops *ops)
{
return macsec->offload == MACSEC_OFFLOAD_PHY &&
ops->mdo_insert_tx_tag;
}
static void macsec_set_head_tail_room(struct net_device *dev)
{
struct macsec_dev *macsec = macsec_priv(dev);
struct net_device *real_dev = macsec->real_dev;
int needed_headroom, needed_tailroom;
const struct macsec_ops *ops;
ops = macsec_get_ops(macsec, NULL);
if (ops) {
needed_headroom = ops->needed_headroom;
needed_tailroom = ops->needed_tailroom;
} else {
needed_headroom = MACSEC_NEEDED_HEADROOM;
needed_tailroom = MACSEC_NEEDED_TAILROOM;
}
dev->needed_headroom = real_dev->needed_headroom + needed_headroom;
dev->needed_tailroom = real_dev->needed_tailroom + needed_tailroom;
}
static int macsec_update_offload(struct net_device *dev, enum macsec_offload offload)
{
enum macsec_offload prev_offload;
const struct macsec_ops *ops;
struct macsec_context ctx;
struct macsec_dev *macsec;
int ret = 0;
macsec = macsec_priv(dev);
/* Check if the offloading mode is supported by the underlying layers */
if (offload != MACSEC_OFFLOAD_OFF &&
!macsec_check_offload(offload, macsec))
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
/* Check if the net device is busy. */
if (netif_running(dev))
return -EBUSY;
/* Check if the device already has rules configured: we do not support
* rules migration.
*/
if (macsec_is_configured(macsec))
return -EBUSY;
prev_offload = macsec->offload;
ops = __macsec_get_ops(offload == MACSEC_OFFLOAD_OFF ? prev_offload : offload,
macsec, &ctx);
if (!ops)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
macsec->offload = offload;
ctx.secy = &macsec->secy;
ret = offload == MACSEC_OFFLOAD_OFF ? macsec_offload(ops->mdo_del_secy, &ctx)
: macsec_offload(ops->mdo_add_secy, &ctx);
if (ret) {
macsec->offload = prev_offload;
return ret;
}
macsec_set_head_tail_room(dev);
macsec->insert_tx_tag = macsec_needs_tx_tag(macsec, ops);
return ret;
}
static int macsec_upd_offload(struct sk_buff *skb, struct genl_info *info)
{
struct nlattr *tb_offload[MACSEC_OFFLOAD_ATTR_MAX + 1];
struct nlattr **attrs = info->attrs;
enum macsec_offload offload;
struct macsec_dev *macsec;
struct net_device *dev;
int ret = 0;
if (!attrs[MACSEC_ATTR_IFINDEX])
return -EINVAL;
if (!attrs[MACSEC_ATTR_OFFLOAD])
return -EINVAL;
if (nla_parse_nested_deprecated(tb_offload, MACSEC_OFFLOAD_ATTR_MAX,
attrs[MACSEC_ATTR_OFFLOAD],
macsec_genl_offload_policy, NULL))
return -EINVAL;
rtnl_lock();
dev = get_dev_from_nl(genl_info_net(info), attrs);
if (IS_ERR(dev)) {
ret = PTR_ERR(dev);
goto out;
}
macsec = macsec_priv(dev);
if (!tb_offload[MACSEC_OFFLOAD_ATTR_TYPE]) {
ret = -EINVAL;
goto out;
}
offload = nla_get_u8(tb_offload[MACSEC_OFFLOAD_ATTR_TYPE]);
if (macsec->offload != offload)
ret = macsec_update_offload(dev, offload);
out:
rtnl_unlock();
return ret;
}
static void get_tx_sa_stats(struct net_device *dev, int an,
struct macsec_tx_sa *tx_sa,
struct macsec_tx_sa_stats *sum)
{
struct macsec_dev *macsec = macsec_priv(dev);
int cpu;
/* If h/w offloading is available, propagate to the device */
if (macsec_is_offloaded(macsec)) {
const struct macsec_ops *ops;
struct macsec_context ctx;
ops = macsec_get_ops(macsec, &ctx);
if (ops) {
ctx.sa.assoc_num = an;
ctx.sa.tx_sa = tx_sa;
ctx.stats.tx_sa_stats = sum;
ctx.secy = &macsec_priv(dev)->secy;
macsec_offload(ops->mdo_get_tx_sa_stats, &ctx);
}
return;
}
for_each_possible_cpu(cpu) {
const struct macsec_tx_sa_stats *stats =
per_cpu_ptr(tx_sa->stats, cpu);
sum->OutPktsProtected += stats->OutPktsProtected;
sum->OutPktsEncrypted += stats->OutPktsEncrypted;
}
}
static int copy_tx_sa_stats(struct sk_buff *skb, struct macsec_tx_sa_stats *sum)
{
if (nla_put_u32(skb, MACSEC_SA_STATS_ATTR_OUT_PKTS_PROTECTED,
sum->OutPktsProtected) ||
nla_put_u32(skb, MACSEC_SA_STATS_ATTR_OUT_PKTS_ENCRYPTED,
sum->OutPktsEncrypted))
return -EMSGSIZE;
return 0;
}
static void get_rx_sa_stats(struct net_device *dev,
struct macsec_rx_sc *rx_sc, int an,
struct macsec_rx_sa *rx_sa,
struct macsec_rx_sa_stats *sum)
{
struct macsec_dev *macsec = macsec_priv(dev);
int cpu;
/* If h/w offloading is available, propagate to the device */
if (macsec_is_offloaded(macsec)) {
const struct macsec_ops *ops;
struct macsec_context ctx;
ops = macsec_get_ops(macsec, &ctx);
if (ops) {
ctx.sa.assoc_num = an;
ctx.sa.rx_sa = rx_sa;
ctx.stats.rx_sa_stats = sum;
ctx.secy = &macsec_priv(dev)->secy;
ctx.rx_sc = rx_sc;
macsec_offload(ops->mdo_get_rx_sa_stats, &ctx);
}
return;
}
for_each_possible_cpu(cpu) {
const struct macsec_rx_sa_stats *stats =
per_cpu_ptr(rx_sa->stats, cpu);
sum->InPktsOK += stats->InPktsOK;
sum->InPktsInvalid += stats->InPktsInvalid;
sum->InPktsNotValid += stats->InPktsNotValid;
sum->InPktsNotUsingSA += stats->InPktsNotUsingSA;
sum->InPktsUnusedSA += stats->InPktsUnusedSA;
}
}
static int copy_rx_sa_stats(struct sk_buff *skb,
struct macsec_rx_sa_stats *sum)
{
if (nla_put_u32(skb, MACSEC_SA_STATS_ATTR_IN_PKTS_OK, sum->InPktsOK) ||
nla_put_u32(skb, MACSEC_SA_STATS_ATTR_IN_PKTS_INVALID,
sum->InPktsInvalid) ||
nla_put_u32(skb, MACSEC_SA_STATS_ATTR_IN_PKTS_NOT_VALID,
sum->InPktsNotValid) ||
nla_put_u32(skb, MACSEC_SA_STATS_ATTR_IN_PKTS_NOT_USING_SA,
sum->InPktsNotUsingSA) ||
nla_put_u32(skb, MACSEC_SA_STATS_ATTR_IN_PKTS_UNUSED_SA,
sum->InPktsUnusedSA))
return -EMSGSIZE;
return 0;
}
static void get_rx_sc_stats(struct net_device *dev,
struct macsec_rx_sc *rx_sc,
struct macsec_rx_sc_stats *sum)
{
struct macsec_dev *macsec = macsec_priv(dev);
int cpu;
/* If h/w offloading is available, propagate to the device */
if (macsec_is_offloaded(macsec)) {
const struct macsec_ops *ops;
struct macsec_context ctx;
ops = macsec_get_ops(macsec, &ctx);
if (ops) {
ctx.stats.rx_sc_stats = sum;
ctx.secy = &macsec_priv(dev)->secy;
ctx.rx_sc = rx_sc;
macsec_offload(ops->mdo_get_rx_sc_stats, &ctx);
}
return;
}
for_each_possible_cpu(cpu) {
const struct pcpu_rx_sc_stats *stats;
struct macsec_rx_sc_stats tmp;
unsigned int start;
stats = per_cpu_ptr(rx_sc->stats, cpu);
do {
start = u64_stats_fetch_begin(&stats->syncp);
memcpy(&tmp, &stats->stats, sizeof(tmp));
} while (u64_stats_fetch_retry(&stats->syncp, start));
sum->InOctetsValidated += tmp.InOctetsValidated;
sum->InOctetsDecrypted += tmp.InOctetsDecrypted;
sum->InPktsUnchecked += tmp.InPktsUnchecked;
sum->InPktsDelayed += tmp.InPktsDelayed;
sum->InPktsOK += tmp.InPktsOK;
sum->InPktsInvalid += tmp.InPktsInvalid;
sum->InPktsLate += tmp.InPktsLate;
sum->InPktsNotValid += tmp.InPktsNotValid;
sum->InPktsNotUsingSA += tmp.InPktsNotUsingSA;
sum->InPktsUnusedSA += tmp.InPktsUnusedSA;
}
}
static int copy_rx_sc_stats(struct sk_buff *skb, struct macsec_rx_sc_stats *sum)
{
if (nla_put_u64_64bit(skb, MACSEC_RXSC_STATS_ATTR_IN_OCTETS_VALIDATED,
sum->InOctetsValidated,
MACSEC_RXSC_STATS_ATTR_PAD) ||
nla_put_u64_64bit(skb, MACSEC_RXSC_STATS_ATTR_IN_OCTETS_DECRYPTED,
sum->InOctetsDecrypted,
MACSEC_RXSC_STATS_ATTR_PAD) ||
nla_put_u64_64bit(skb, MACSEC_RXSC_STATS_ATTR_IN_PKTS_UNCHECKED,
sum->InPktsUnchecked,
MACSEC_RXSC_STATS_ATTR_PAD) ||
nla_put_u64_64bit(skb, MACSEC_RXSC_STATS_ATTR_IN_PKTS_DELAYED,
sum->InPktsDelayed,
MACSEC_RXSC_STATS_ATTR_PAD) ||
nla_put_u64_64bit(skb, MACSEC_RXSC_STATS_ATTR_IN_PKTS_OK,
sum->InPktsOK,
MACSEC_RXSC_STATS_ATTR_PAD) ||
nla_put_u64_64bit(skb, MACSEC_RXSC_STATS_ATTR_IN_PKTS_INVALID,
sum->InPktsInvalid,
MACSEC_RXSC_STATS_ATTR_PAD) ||
nla_put_u64_64bit(skb, MACSEC_RXSC_STATS_ATTR_IN_PKTS_LATE,
sum->InPktsLate,
MACSEC_RXSC_STATS_ATTR_PAD) ||
nla_put_u64_64bit(skb, MACSEC_RXSC_STATS_ATTR_IN_PKTS_NOT_VALID,
sum->InPktsNotValid,
MACSEC_RXSC_STATS_ATTR_PAD) ||
nla_put_u64_64bit(skb, MACSEC_RXSC_STATS_ATTR_IN_PKTS_NOT_USING_SA,
sum->InPktsNotUsingSA,
MACSEC_RXSC_STATS_ATTR_PAD) ||
nla_put_u64_64bit(skb, MACSEC_RXSC_STATS_ATTR_IN_PKTS_UNUSED_SA,
sum->InPktsUnusedSA,
MACSEC_RXSC_STATS_ATTR_PAD))
return -EMSGSIZE;
return 0;
}
static void get_tx_sc_stats(struct net_device *dev,
struct macsec_tx_sc_stats *sum)
{
struct macsec_dev *macsec = macsec_priv(dev);
int cpu;
/* If h/w offloading is available, propagate to the device */
if (macsec_is_offloaded(macsec)) {
const struct macsec_ops *ops;
struct macsec_context ctx;
ops = macsec_get_ops(macsec, &ctx);
if (ops) {
ctx.stats.tx_sc_stats = sum;
ctx.secy = &macsec_priv(dev)->secy;
macsec_offload(ops->mdo_get_tx_sc_stats, &ctx);
}
return;
}
for_each_possible_cpu(cpu) {
const struct pcpu_tx_sc_stats *stats;
struct macsec_tx_sc_stats tmp;
unsigned int start;
stats = per_cpu_ptr(macsec_priv(dev)->secy.tx_sc.stats, cpu);
do {
start = u64_stats_fetch_begin(&stats->syncp);
memcpy(&tmp, &stats->stats, sizeof(tmp));
} while (u64_stats_fetch_retry(&stats->syncp, start));
sum->OutPktsProtected += tmp.OutPktsProtected;
sum->OutPktsEncrypted += tmp.OutPktsEncrypted;
sum->OutOctetsProtected += tmp.OutOctetsProtected;
sum->OutOctetsEncrypted += tmp.OutOctetsEncrypted;
}
}
static int copy_tx_sc_stats(struct sk_buff *skb, struct macsec_tx_sc_stats *sum)
{
if (nla_put_u64_64bit(skb, MACSEC_TXSC_STATS_ATTR_OUT_PKTS_PROTECTED,
sum->OutPktsProtected,
MACSEC_TXSC_STATS_ATTR_PAD) ||
nla_put_u64_64bit(skb, MACSEC_TXSC_STATS_ATTR_OUT_PKTS_ENCRYPTED,
sum->OutPktsEncrypted,
MACSEC_TXSC_STATS_ATTR_PAD) ||
nla_put_u64_64bit(skb, MACSEC_TXSC_STATS_ATTR_OUT_OCTETS_PROTECTED,
sum->OutOctetsProtected,
MACSEC_TXSC_STATS_ATTR_PAD) ||
nla_put_u64_64bit(skb, MACSEC_TXSC_STATS_ATTR_OUT_OCTETS_ENCRYPTED,
sum->OutOctetsEncrypted,
MACSEC_TXSC_STATS_ATTR_PAD))
return -EMSGSIZE;
return 0;
}
static void get_secy_stats(struct net_device *dev, struct macsec_dev_stats *sum)
{
struct macsec_dev *macsec = macsec_priv(dev);
int cpu;
/* If h/w offloading is available, propagate to the device */
if (macsec_is_offloaded(macsec)) {
const struct macsec_ops *ops;
struct macsec_context ctx;
ops = macsec_get_ops(macsec, &ctx);
if (ops) {
ctx.stats.dev_stats = sum;
ctx.secy = &macsec_priv(dev)->secy;
macsec_offload(ops->mdo_get_dev_stats, &ctx);
}
return;
}
for_each_possible_cpu(cpu) {
const struct pcpu_secy_stats *stats;
struct macsec_dev_stats tmp;
unsigned int start;
stats = per_cpu_ptr(macsec_priv(dev)->stats, cpu);
do {
start = u64_stats_fetch_begin(&stats->syncp);
memcpy(&tmp, &stats->stats, sizeof(tmp));
} while (u64_stats_fetch_retry(&stats->syncp, start));
sum->OutPktsUntagged += tmp.OutPktsUntagged;
sum->InPktsUntagged += tmp.InPktsUntagged;
sum->OutPktsTooLong += tmp.OutPktsTooLong;
sum->InPktsNoTag += tmp.InPktsNoTag;
sum->InPktsBadTag += tmp.InPktsBadTag;
sum->InPktsUnknownSCI += tmp.InPktsUnknownSCI;
sum->InPktsNoSCI += tmp.InPktsNoSCI;
sum->InPktsOverrun += tmp.InPktsOverrun;
}
}
static int copy_secy_stats(struct sk_buff *skb, struct macsec_dev_stats *sum)
{
if (nla_put_u64_64bit(skb, MACSEC_SECY_STATS_ATTR_OUT_PKTS_UNTAGGED,
sum->OutPktsUntagged,
MACSEC_SECY_STATS_ATTR_PAD) ||
nla_put_u64_64bit(skb, MACSEC_SECY_STATS_ATTR_IN_PKTS_UNTAGGED,
sum->InPktsUntagged,
MACSEC_SECY_STATS_ATTR_PAD) ||
nla_put_u64_64bit(skb, MACSEC_SECY_STATS_ATTR_OUT_PKTS_TOO_LONG,
sum->OutPktsTooLong,
MACSEC_SECY_STATS_ATTR_PAD) ||
nla_put_u64_64bit(skb, MACSEC_SECY_STATS_ATTR_IN_PKTS_NO_TAG,
sum->InPktsNoTag,
MACSEC_SECY_STATS_ATTR_PAD) ||
nla_put_u64_64bit(skb, MACSEC_SECY_STATS_ATTR_IN_PKTS_BAD_TAG,
sum->InPktsBadTag,
MACSEC_SECY_STATS_ATTR_PAD) ||
nla_put_u64_64bit(skb, MACSEC_SECY_STATS_ATTR_IN_PKTS_UNKNOWN_SCI,
sum->InPktsUnknownSCI,
MACSEC_SECY_STATS_ATTR_PAD) ||
nla_put_u64_64bit(skb, MACSEC_SECY_STATS_ATTR_IN_PKTS_NO_SCI,
sum->InPktsNoSCI,
MACSEC_SECY_STATS_ATTR_PAD) ||
nla_put_u64_64bit(skb, MACSEC_SECY_STATS_ATTR_IN_PKTS_OVERRUN,
sum->InPktsOverrun,
MACSEC_SECY_STATS_ATTR_PAD))
return -EMSGSIZE;
return 0;
}
static int nla_put_secy(struct macsec_secy *secy, struct sk_buff *skb)
{
struct macsec_tx_sc *tx_sc = &secy->tx_sc;
struct nlattr *secy_nest = nla_nest_start_noflag(skb,
MACSEC_ATTR_SECY);
u64 csid;
if (!secy_nest)
return 1;
switch (secy->key_len) {
case MACSEC_GCM_AES_128_SAK_LEN:
csid = secy->xpn ? MACSEC_CIPHER_ID_GCM_AES_XPN_128 : MACSEC_DEFAULT_CIPHER_ID;
break;
case MACSEC_GCM_AES_256_SAK_LEN:
csid = secy->xpn ? MACSEC_CIPHER_ID_GCM_AES_XPN_256 : MACSEC_CIPHER_ID_GCM_AES_256;
break;
default:
goto cancel;
}
if (nla_put_sci(skb, MACSEC_SECY_ATTR_SCI, secy->sci,
MACSEC_SECY_ATTR_PAD) ||
nla_put_u64_64bit(skb, MACSEC_SECY_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE,
csid, MACSEC_SECY_ATTR_PAD) ||
nla_put_u8(skb, MACSEC_SECY_ATTR_ICV_LEN, secy->icv_len) ||
nla_put_u8(skb, MACSEC_SECY_ATTR_OPER, secy->operational) ||
nla_put_u8(skb, MACSEC_SECY_ATTR_PROTECT, secy->protect_frames) ||
nla_put_u8(skb, MACSEC_SECY_ATTR_REPLAY, secy->replay_protect) ||
nla_put_u8(skb, MACSEC_SECY_ATTR_VALIDATE, secy->validate_frames) ||
nla_put_u8(skb, MACSEC_SECY_ATTR_ENCRYPT, tx_sc->encrypt) ||
nla_put_u8(skb, MACSEC_SECY_ATTR_INC_SCI, tx_sc->send_sci) ||
nla_put_u8(skb, MACSEC_SECY_ATTR_ES, tx_sc->end_station) ||
nla_put_u8(skb, MACSEC_SECY_ATTR_SCB, tx_sc->scb) ||
nla_put_u8(skb, MACSEC_SECY_ATTR_ENCODING_SA, tx_sc->encoding_sa))
goto cancel;
if (secy->replay_protect) {
if (nla_put_u32(skb, MACSEC_SECY_ATTR_WINDOW, secy->replay_window))
goto cancel;
}
nla_nest_end(skb, secy_nest);
return 0;
cancel:
nla_nest_cancel(skb, secy_nest);
return 1;
}
static noinline_for_stack int
dump_secy(struct macsec_secy *secy, struct net_device *dev,
struct sk_buff *skb, struct netlink_callback *cb)
{
struct macsec_tx_sc_stats tx_sc_stats = {0, };
struct macsec_tx_sa_stats tx_sa_stats = {0, };
struct macsec_rx_sc_stats rx_sc_stats = {0, };
struct macsec_rx_sa_stats rx_sa_stats = {0, };
struct macsec_dev *macsec = netdev_priv(dev);
struct macsec_dev_stats dev_stats = {0, };
struct macsec_tx_sc *tx_sc = &secy->tx_sc;
struct nlattr *txsa_list, *rxsc_list;
struct macsec_rx_sc *rx_sc;
struct nlattr *attr;
void *hdr;
int i, j;
hdr = genlmsg_put(skb, NETLINK_CB(cb->skb).portid, cb->nlh->nlmsg_seq,
&macsec_fam, NLM_F_MULTI, MACSEC_CMD_GET_TXSC);
if (!hdr)
return -EMSGSIZE;
genl_dump_check_consistent(cb, hdr);
if (nla_put_u32(skb, MACSEC_ATTR_IFINDEX, dev->ifindex))
goto nla_put_failure;
attr = nla_nest_start_noflag(skb, MACSEC_ATTR_OFFLOAD);
if (!attr)
goto nla_put_failure;
if (nla_put_u8(skb, MACSEC_OFFLOAD_ATTR_TYPE, macsec->offload))
goto nla_put_failure;
nla_nest_end(skb, attr);
if (nla_put_secy(secy, skb))
goto nla_put_failure;
attr = nla_nest_start_noflag(skb, MACSEC_ATTR_TXSC_STATS);
if (!attr)
goto nla_put_failure;
get_tx_sc_stats(dev, &tx_sc_stats);
if (copy_tx_sc_stats(skb, &tx_sc_stats)) {
nla_nest_cancel(skb, attr);
goto nla_put_failure;
}
nla_nest_end(skb, attr);
attr = nla_nest_start_noflag(skb, MACSEC_ATTR_SECY_STATS);
if (!attr)
goto nla_put_failure;
get_secy_stats(dev, &dev_stats);
if (copy_secy_stats(skb, &dev_stats)) {
nla_nest_cancel(skb, attr);
goto nla_put_failure;
}
nla_nest_end(skb, attr);
txsa_list = nla_nest_start_noflag(skb, MACSEC_ATTR_TXSA_LIST);
if (!txsa_list)
goto nla_put_failure;
for (i = 0, j = 1; i < MACSEC_NUM_AN; i++) {
struct macsec_tx_sa *tx_sa = rtnl_dereference(tx_sc->sa[i]);
struct nlattr *txsa_nest;
u64 pn;
int pn_len;
if (!tx_sa)
continue;
txsa_nest = nla_nest_start_noflag(skb, j++);
if (!txsa_nest) {
nla_nest_cancel(skb, txsa_list);
goto nla_put_failure;
}
attr = nla_nest_start_noflag(skb, MACSEC_SA_ATTR_STATS);
if (!attr) {
nla_nest_cancel(skb, txsa_nest);
nla_nest_cancel(skb, txsa_list);
goto nla_put_failure;
}
memset(&tx_sa_stats, 0, sizeof(tx_sa_stats));
get_tx_sa_stats(dev, i, tx_sa, &tx_sa_stats);
if (copy_tx_sa_stats(skb, &tx_sa_stats)) {
nla_nest_cancel(skb, attr);
nla_nest_cancel(skb, txsa_nest);
nla_nest_cancel(skb, txsa_list);
goto nla_put_failure;
}
nla_nest_end(skb, attr);
if (secy->xpn) {
pn = tx_sa->next_pn;
pn_len = MACSEC_XPN_PN_LEN;
} else {
pn = tx_sa->next_pn_halves.lower;
pn_len = MACSEC_DEFAULT_PN_LEN;
}
if (nla_put_u8(skb, MACSEC_SA_ATTR_AN, i) ||
nla_put(skb, MACSEC_SA_ATTR_PN, pn_len, &pn) ||
nla_put(skb, MACSEC_SA_ATTR_KEYID, MACSEC_KEYID_LEN, tx_sa->key.id) ||
(secy->xpn && nla_put_ssci(skb, MACSEC_SA_ATTR_SSCI, tx_sa->ssci)) ||
nla_put_u8(skb, MACSEC_SA_ATTR_ACTIVE, tx_sa->active)) {
nla_nest_cancel(skb, txsa_nest);
nla_nest_cancel(skb, txsa_list);
goto nla_put_failure;
}
nla_nest_end(skb, txsa_nest);
}
nla_nest_end(skb, txsa_list);
rxsc_list = nla_nest_start_noflag(skb, MACSEC_ATTR_RXSC_LIST);
if (!rxsc_list)
goto nla_put_failure;
j = 1;
for_each_rxsc_rtnl(secy, rx_sc) {
int k;
struct nlattr *rxsa_list;
struct nlattr *rxsc_nest = nla_nest_start_noflag(skb, j++);
if (!rxsc_nest) {
nla_nest_cancel(skb, rxsc_list);
goto nla_put_failure;
}
if (nla_put_u8(skb, MACSEC_RXSC_ATTR_ACTIVE, rx_sc->active) ||
nla_put_sci(skb, MACSEC_RXSC_ATTR_SCI, rx_sc->sci,
MACSEC_RXSC_ATTR_PAD)) {
nla_nest_cancel(skb, rxsc_nest);
nla_nest_cancel(skb, rxsc_list);
goto nla_put_failure;
}
attr = nla_nest_start_noflag(skb, MACSEC_RXSC_ATTR_STATS);
if (!attr) {
nla_nest_cancel(skb, rxsc_nest);
nla_nest_cancel(skb, rxsc_list);
goto nla_put_failure;
}
memset(&rx_sc_stats, 0, sizeof(rx_sc_stats));
get_rx_sc_stats(dev, rx_sc, &rx_sc_stats);
if (copy_rx_sc_stats(skb, &rx_sc_stats)) {
nla_nest_cancel(skb, attr);
nla_nest_cancel(skb, rxsc_nest);
nla_nest_cancel(skb, rxsc_list);
goto nla_put_failure;
}
nla_nest_end(skb, attr);
rxsa_list = nla_nest_start_noflag(skb,
MACSEC_RXSC_ATTR_SA_LIST);
if (!rxsa_list) {
nla_nest_cancel(skb, rxsc_nest);
nla_nest_cancel(skb, rxsc_list);
goto nla_put_failure;
}
for (i = 0, k = 1; i < MACSEC_NUM_AN; i++) {
struct macsec_rx_sa *rx_sa = rtnl_dereference(rx_sc->sa[i]);
struct nlattr *rxsa_nest;
u64 pn;
int pn_len;
if (!rx_sa)
continue;
rxsa_nest = nla_nest_start_noflag(skb, k++);
if (!rxsa_nest) {
nla_nest_cancel(skb, rxsa_list);
nla_nest_cancel(skb, rxsc_nest);
nla_nest_cancel(skb, rxsc_list);
goto nla_put_failure;
}
attr = nla_nest_start_noflag(skb,
MACSEC_SA_ATTR_STATS);
if (!attr) {
nla_nest_cancel(skb, rxsa_list);
nla_nest_cancel(skb, rxsc_nest);
nla_nest_cancel(skb, rxsc_list);
goto nla_put_failure;
}
memset(&rx_sa_stats, 0, sizeof(rx_sa_stats));
get_rx_sa_stats(dev, rx_sc, i, rx_sa, &rx_sa_stats);
if (copy_rx_sa_stats(skb, &rx_sa_stats)) {
nla_nest_cancel(skb, attr);
nla_nest_cancel(skb, rxsa_list);
nla_nest_cancel(skb, rxsc_nest);
nla_nest_cancel(skb, rxsc_list);
goto nla_put_failure;
}
nla_nest_end(skb, attr);
if (secy->xpn) {
pn = rx_sa->next_pn;
pn_len = MACSEC_XPN_PN_LEN;
} else {
pn = rx_sa->next_pn_halves.lower;
pn_len = MACSEC_DEFAULT_PN_LEN;
}
if (nla_put_u8(skb, MACSEC_SA_ATTR_AN, i) ||
nla_put(skb, MACSEC_SA_ATTR_PN, pn_len, &pn) ||
nla_put(skb, MACSEC_SA_ATTR_KEYID, MACSEC_KEYID_LEN, rx_sa->key.id) ||
(secy->xpn && nla_put_ssci(skb, MACSEC_SA_ATTR_SSCI, rx_sa->ssci)) ||
nla_put_u8(skb, MACSEC_SA_ATTR_ACTIVE, rx_sa->active)) {
nla_nest_cancel(skb, rxsa_nest);
nla_nest_cancel(skb, rxsc_nest);
nla_nest_cancel(skb, rxsc_list);
goto nla_put_failure;
}
nla_nest_end(skb, rxsa_nest);
}
nla_nest_end(skb, rxsa_list);
nla_nest_end(skb, rxsc_nest);
}
nla_nest_end(skb, rxsc_list);
genlmsg_end(skb, hdr);
return 0;
nla_put_failure:
genlmsg_cancel(skb, hdr);
return -EMSGSIZE;
}
static int macsec_generation = 1; /* protected by RTNL */
static int macsec_dump_txsc(struct sk_buff *skb, struct netlink_callback *cb)
{
struct net *net = sock_net(skb->sk);
struct net_device *dev;
int dev_idx, d;
dev_idx = cb->args[0];
d = 0;
rtnl_lock();
cb->seq = macsec_generation;
for_each_netdev(net, dev) {
struct macsec_secy *secy;
if (d < dev_idx)
goto next;
if (!netif_is_macsec(dev))
goto next;
secy = &macsec_priv(dev)->secy;
if (dump_secy(secy, dev, skb, cb) < 0)
goto done;
next:
d++;
}
done:
rtnl_unlock();
cb->args[0] = d;
return skb->len;
}
static const struct genl_small_ops macsec_genl_ops[] = {
{
.cmd = MACSEC_CMD_GET_TXSC,
.validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP,
.dumpit = macsec_dump_txsc,
},
{
.cmd = MACSEC_CMD_ADD_RXSC,
.validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP,
.doit = macsec_add_rxsc,
.flags = GENL_ADMIN_PERM,
},
{
.cmd = MACSEC_CMD_DEL_RXSC,
.validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP,
.doit = macsec_del_rxsc,
.flags = GENL_ADMIN_PERM,
},
{
.cmd = MACSEC_CMD_UPD_RXSC,
.validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP,
.doit = macsec_upd_rxsc,
.flags = GENL_ADMIN_PERM,
},
{
.cmd = MACSEC_CMD_ADD_TXSA,
.validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP,
.doit = macsec_add_txsa,
.flags = GENL_ADMIN_PERM,
},
{
.cmd = MACSEC_CMD_DEL_TXSA,
.validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP,
.doit = macsec_del_txsa,
.flags = GENL_ADMIN_PERM,
},
{
.cmd = MACSEC_CMD_UPD_TXSA,
.validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP,
.doit = macsec_upd_txsa,
.flags = GENL_ADMIN_PERM,
},
{
.cmd = MACSEC_CMD_ADD_RXSA,
.validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP,
.doit = macsec_add_rxsa,
.flags = GENL_ADMIN_PERM,
},
{
.cmd = MACSEC_CMD_DEL_RXSA,
.validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP,
.doit = macsec_del_rxsa,
.flags = GENL_ADMIN_PERM,
},
{
.cmd = MACSEC_CMD_UPD_RXSA,
.validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP,
.doit = macsec_upd_rxsa,
.flags = GENL_ADMIN_PERM,
},
{
.cmd = MACSEC_CMD_UPD_OFFLOAD,
.validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP,
.doit = macsec_upd_offload,
.flags = GENL_ADMIN_PERM,
},
};
static struct genl_family macsec_fam __ro_after_init = {
.name = MACSEC_GENL_NAME,
.hdrsize = 0,
.version = MACSEC_GENL_VERSION,
.maxattr = MACSEC_ATTR_MAX,
.policy = macsec_genl_policy,
.netnsok = true,
.module = THIS_MODULE,
.small_ops = macsec_genl_ops,
.n_small_ops = ARRAY_SIZE(macsec_genl_ops),
.resv_start_op = MACSEC_CMD_UPD_OFFLOAD + 1,
};
static struct sk_buff *macsec_insert_tx_tag(struct sk_buff *skb,
struct net_device *dev)
{
struct macsec_dev *macsec = macsec_priv(dev);
const struct macsec_ops *ops;
struct phy_device *phydev;
struct macsec_context ctx;
int skb_final_len;
int err;
ops = macsec_get_ops(macsec, &ctx);
skb_final_len = skb->len - ETH_HLEN + ops->needed_headroom +
ops->needed_tailroom;
if (unlikely(skb_final_len > macsec->real_dev->mtu)) {
err = -EINVAL;
goto cleanup;
}
phydev = macsec->real_dev->phydev;
err = skb_ensure_writable_head_tail(skb, dev);
if (unlikely(err < 0))
goto cleanup;
err = ops->mdo_insert_tx_tag(phydev, skb);
if (unlikely(err))
goto cleanup;
return skb;
cleanup:
kfree_skb(skb);
return ERR_PTR(err);
}
static netdev_tx_t macsec_start_xmit(struct sk_buff *skb,
struct net_device *dev)
{
struct macsec_dev *macsec = netdev_priv(dev);
struct macsec_secy *secy = &macsec->secy;
struct pcpu_secy_stats *secy_stats;
int ret, len;
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
if (macsec_is_offloaded(netdev_priv(dev))) {
struct metadata_dst *md_dst = secy->tx_sc.md_dst;
skb_dst_drop(skb);
dst_hold(&md_dst->dst);
skb_dst_set(skb, &md_dst->dst);
if (macsec->insert_tx_tag) {
skb = macsec_insert_tx_tag(skb, dev);
if (IS_ERR(skb)) {
DEV_STATS_INC(dev, tx_dropped);
return NETDEV_TX_OK;
}
}
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
skb->dev = macsec->real_dev;
return dev_queue_xmit(skb);
}
/* 10.5 */
if (!secy->protect_frames) {
secy_stats = this_cpu_ptr(macsec->stats);
u64_stats_update_begin(&secy_stats->syncp);
secy_stats->stats.OutPktsUntagged++;
u64_stats_update_end(&secy_stats->syncp);
skb->dev = macsec->real_dev;
len = skb->len;
ret = dev_queue_xmit(skb);
count_tx(dev, ret, len);
return ret;
}
if (!secy->operational) {
kfree_skb(skb);
DEV_STATS_INC(dev, tx_dropped);
return NETDEV_TX_OK;
}
len = skb->len;
skb = macsec_encrypt(skb, dev);
if (IS_ERR(skb)) {
if (PTR_ERR(skb) != -EINPROGRESS)
DEV_STATS_INC(dev, tx_dropped);
return NETDEV_TX_OK;
}
macsec_count_tx(skb, &macsec->secy.tx_sc, macsec_skb_cb(skb)->tx_sa);
macsec_encrypt_finish(skb, dev);
ret = dev_queue_xmit(skb);
count_tx(dev, ret, len);
return ret;
}
Revert "net: macsec: report real_dev features when HW offloading is enabled" This reverts commit c850240b6c4132574a00f2da439277ab94265b66. That commit tried to improve the performance of macsec offload by taking advantage of some of the NIC's features, but in doing so, broke macsec offload when the lower device supports both macsec and ipsec offload, as the ipsec offload feature flags (mainly NETIF_F_HW_ESP) were copied from the real device. Since the macsec device doesn't provide xdo_* ops, the XFRM core rejects the registration of the new macsec device in xfrm_api_check. Example perf trace when running ip link add link eni1np1 type macsec port 4 offload mac ip 737 [003] 795.477676: probe:xfrm_dev_event__REGISTER name="macsec0" features=0x1c000080014869 xfrm_dev_event+0x3a notifier_call_chain+0x47 register_netdevice+0x846 macsec_newlink+0x25a ip 737 [003] 795.477687: probe:xfrm_dev_event__return ret=0x8002 (NOTIFY_BAD) notifier_call_chain+0x47 register_netdevice+0x846 macsec_newlink+0x25a dev->features includes NETIF_F_HW_ESP (0x04000000000000), so xfrm_api_check returns NOTIFY_BAD because we don't have dev->xfrmdev_ops on the macsec device. We could probably propagate GSO and a few other features from the lower device, similar to macvlan. This will be done in a future patch. Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net> Reviewed-by: Antoine Tenart <atenart@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-11-02 21:33:12 +00:00
#define MACSEC_FEATURES \
(NETIF_F_SG | NETIF_F_HIGHDMA | NETIF_F_FRAGLIST)
static int macsec_dev_init(struct net_device *dev)
{
struct macsec_dev *macsec = macsec_priv(dev);
struct net_device *real_dev = macsec->real_dev;
int err;
dev->tstats = netdev_alloc_pcpu_stats(struct pcpu_sw_netstats);
if (!dev->tstats)
return -ENOMEM;
err = gro_cells_init(&macsec->gro_cells, dev);
if (err) {
free_percpu(dev->tstats);
return err;
}
Revert "net: macsec: report real_dev features when HW offloading is enabled" This reverts commit c850240b6c4132574a00f2da439277ab94265b66. That commit tried to improve the performance of macsec offload by taking advantage of some of the NIC's features, but in doing so, broke macsec offload when the lower device supports both macsec and ipsec offload, as the ipsec offload feature flags (mainly NETIF_F_HW_ESP) were copied from the real device. Since the macsec device doesn't provide xdo_* ops, the XFRM core rejects the registration of the new macsec device in xfrm_api_check. Example perf trace when running ip link add link eni1np1 type macsec port 4 offload mac ip 737 [003] 795.477676: probe:xfrm_dev_event__REGISTER name="macsec0" features=0x1c000080014869 xfrm_dev_event+0x3a notifier_call_chain+0x47 register_netdevice+0x846 macsec_newlink+0x25a ip 737 [003] 795.477687: probe:xfrm_dev_event__return ret=0x8002 (NOTIFY_BAD) notifier_call_chain+0x47 register_netdevice+0x846 macsec_newlink+0x25a dev->features includes NETIF_F_HW_ESP (0x04000000000000), so xfrm_api_check returns NOTIFY_BAD because we don't have dev->xfrmdev_ops on the macsec device. We could probably propagate GSO and a few other features from the lower device, similar to macvlan. This will be done in a future patch. Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net> Reviewed-by: Antoine Tenart <atenart@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-11-02 21:33:12 +00:00
dev->features = real_dev->features & MACSEC_FEATURES;
dev->features |= NETIF_F_LLTX | NETIF_F_GSO_SOFTWARE;
macsec_set_head_tail_room(dev);
if (is_zero_ether_addr(dev->dev_addr))
eth_hw_addr_inherit(dev, real_dev);
if (is_zero_ether_addr(dev->broadcast))
memcpy(dev->broadcast, real_dev->broadcast, dev->addr_len);
macsec: fix UAF bug for real_dev Create a new macsec device but not get reference to real_dev. That can not ensure that real_dev is freed after macsec. That will trigger the UAF bug for real_dev as following: ================================================================== BUG: KASAN: use-after-free in macsec_get_iflink+0x5f/0x70 drivers/net/macsec.c:3662 Call Trace: ... macsec_get_iflink+0x5f/0x70 drivers/net/macsec.c:3662 dev_get_iflink+0x73/0xe0 net/core/dev.c:637 default_operstate net/core/link_watch.c:42 [inline] rfc2863_policy+0x233/0x2d0 net/core/link_watch.c:54 linkwatch_do_dev+0x2a/0x150 net/core/link_watch.c:161 Allocated by task 22209: ... alloc_netdev_mqs+0x98/0x1100 net/core/dev.c:10549 rtnl_create_link+0x9d7/0xc00 net/core/rtnetlink.c:3235 veth_newlink+0x20e/0xa90 drivers/net/veth.c:1748 Freed by task 8: ... kfree+0xd6/0x4d0 mm/slub.c:4552 kvfree+0x42/0x50 mm/util.c:615 device_release+0x9f/0x240 drivers/base/core.c:2229 kobject_cleanup lib/kobject.c:673 [inline] kobject_release lib/kobject.c:704 [inline] kref_put include/linux/kref.h:65 [inline] kobject_put+0x1c8/0x540 lib/kobject.c:721 netdev_run_todo+0x72e/0x10b0 net/core/dev.c:10327 After commit faab39f63c1f ("net: allow out-of-order netdev unregistration") and commit e5f80fcf869a ("ipv6: give an IPv6 dev to blackhole_netdev"), we can add dev_hold_track() in macsec_dev_init() and dev_put_track() in macsec_free_netdev() to fix the problem. Fixes: 2bce1ebed17d ("macsec: fix refcnt leak in module exit routine") Reported-by: syzbot+d0e94b65ac259c29ce7a@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Signed-off-by: Ziyang Xuan <william.xuanziyang@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220531074500.1272846-1-william.xuanziyang@huawei.com Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
2022-05-31 07:45:00 +00:00
/* Get macsec's reference to real_dev */
netdev_hold(real_dev, &macsec->dev_tracker, GFP_KERNEL);
macsec: fix UAF bug for real_dev Create a new macsec device but not get reference to real_dev. That can not ensure that real_dev is freed after macsec. That will trigger the UAF bug for real_dev as following: ================================================================== BUG: KASAN: use-after-free in macsec_get_iflink+0x5f/0x70 drivers/net/macsec.c:3662 Call Trace: ... macsec_get_iflink+0x5f/0x70 drivers/net/macsec.c:3662 dev_get_iflink+0x73/0xe0 net/core/dev.c:637 default_operstate net/core/link_watch.c:42 [inline] rfc2863_policy+0x233/0x2d0 net/core/link_watch.c:54 linkwatch_do_dev+0x2a/0x150 net/core/link_watch.c:161 Allocated by task 22209: ... alloc_netdev_mqs+0x98/0x1100 net/core/dev.c:10549 rtnl_create_link+0x9d7/0xc00 net/core/rtnetlink.c:3235 veth_newlink+0x20e/0xa90 drivers/net/veth.c:1748 Freed by task 8: ... kfree+0xd6/0x4d0 mm/slub.c:4552 kvfree+0x42/0x50 mm/util.c:615 device_release+0x9f/0x240 drivers/base/core.c:2229 kobject_cleanup lib/kobject.c:673 [inline] kobject_release lib/kobject.c:704 [inline] kref_put include/linux/kref.h:65 [inline] kobject_put+0x1c8/0x540 lib/kobject.c:721 netdev_run_todo+0x72e/0x10b0 net/core/dev.c:10327 After commit faab39f63c1f ("net: allow out-of-order netdev unregistration") and commit e5f80fcf869a ("ipv6: give an IPv6 dev to blackhole_netdev"), we can add dev_hold_track() in macsec_dev_init() and dev_put_track() in macsec_free_netdev() to fix the problem. Fixes: 2bce1ebed17d ("macsec: fix refcnt leak in module exit routine") Reported-by: syzbot+d0e94b65ac259c29ce7a@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Signed-off-by: Ziyang Xuan <william.xuanziyang@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220531074500.1272846-1-william.xuanziyang@huawei.com Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
2022-05-31 07:45:00 +00:00
return 0;
}
static void macsec_dev_uninit(struct net_device *dev)
{
struct macsec_dev *macsec = macsec_priv(dev);
gro_cells_destroy(&macsec->gro_cells);
free_percpu(dev->tstats);
}
static netdev_features_t macsec_fix_features(struct net_device *dev,
netdev_features_t features)
{
struct macsec_dev *macsec = macsec_priv(dev);
struct net_device *real_dev = macsec->real_dev;
Revert "net: macsec: report real_dev features when HW offloading is enabled" This reverts commit c850240b6c4132574a00f2da439277ab94265b66. That commit tried to improve the performance of macsec offload by taking advantage of some of the NIC's features, but in doing so, broke macsec offload when the lower device supports both macsec and ipsec offload, as the ipsec offload feature flags (mainly NETIF_F_HW_ESP) were copied from the real device. Since the macsec device doesn't provide xdo_* ops, the XFRM core rejects the registration of the new macsec device in xfrm_api_check. Example perf trace when running ip link add link eni1np1 type macsec port 4 offload mac ip 737 [003] 795.477676: probe:xfrm_dev_event__REGISTER name="macsec0" features=0x1c000080014869 xfrm_dev_event+0x3a notifier_call_chain+0x47 register_netdevice+0x846 macsec_newlink+0x25a ip 737 [003] 795.477687: probe:xfrm_dev_event__return ret=0x8002 (NOTIFY_BAD) notifier_call_chain+0x47 register_netdevice+0x846 macsec_newlink+0x25a dev->features includes NETIF_F_HW_ESP (0x04000000000000), so xfrm_api_check returns NOTIFY_BAD because we don't have dev->xfrmdev_ops on the macsec device. We could probably propagate GSO and a few other features from the lower device, similar to macvlan. This will be done in a future patch. Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net> Reviewed-by: Antoine Tenart <atenart@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-11-02 21:33:12 +00:00
features &= (real_dev->features & MACSEC_FEATURES) |
NETIF_F_GSO_SOFTWARE | NETIF_F_SOFT_FEATURES;
features |= NETIF_F_LLTX;
return features;
}
static int macsec_dev_open(struct net_device *dev)
{
struct macsec_dev *macsec = macsec_priv(dev);
struct net_device *real_dev = macsec->real_dev;
int err;
err = dev_uc_add(real_dev, dev->dev_addr);
if (err < 0)
return err;
if (dev->flags & IFF_ALLMULTI) {
err = dev_set_allmulti(real_dev, 1);
if (err < 0)
goto del_unicast;
}
if (dev->flags & IFF_PROMISC) {
err = dev_set_promiscuity(real_dev, 1);
if (err < 0)
goto clear_allmulti;
}
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
/* If h/w offloading is available, propagate to the device */
if (macsec_is_offloaded(macsec)) {
const struct macsec_ops *ops;
struct macsec_context ctx;
ops = macsec_get_ops(netdev_priv(dev), &ctx);
if (!ops) {
err = -EOPNOTSUPP;
goto clear_allmulti;
}
ctx.secy = &macsec->secy;
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
err = macsec_offload(ops->mdo_dev_open, &ctx);
if (err)
goto clear_allmulti;
}
if (netif_carrier_ok(real_dev))
netif_carrier_on(dev);
return 0;
clear_allmulti:
if (dev->flags & IFF_ALLMULTI)
dev_set_allmulti(real_dev, -1);
del_unicast:
dev_uc_del(real_dev, dev->dev_addr);
netif_carrier_off(dev);
return err;
}
static int macsec_dev_stop(struct net_device *dev)
{
struct macsec_dev *macsec = macsec_priv(dev);
struct net_device *real_dev = macsec->real_dev;
netif_carrier_off(dev);
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
/* If h/w offloading is available, propagate to the device */
if (macsec_is_offloaded(macsec)) {
const struct macsec_ops *ops;
struct macsec_context ctx;
ops = macsec_get_ops(macsec, &ctx);
if (ops) {
ctx.secy = &macsec->secy;
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
macsec_offload(ops->mdo_dev_stop, &ctx);
}
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
}
dev_mc_unsync(real_dev, dev);
dev_uc_unsync(real_dev, dev);
if (dev->flags & IFF_ALLMULTI)
dev_set_allmulti(real_dev, -1);
if (dev->flags & IFF_PROMISC)
dev_set_promiscuity(real_dev, -1);
dev_uc_del(real_dev, dev->dev_addr);
return 0;
}
static void macsec_dev_change_rx_flags(struct net_device *dev, int change)
{
struct net_device *real_dev = macsec_priv(dev)->real_dev;
if (!(dev->flags & IFF_UP))
return;
if (change & IFF_ALLMULTI)
dev_set_allmulti(real_dev, dev->flags & IFF_ALLMULTI ? 1 : -1);
if (change & IFF_PROMISC)
dev_set_promiscuity(real_dev,
dev->flags & IFF_PROMISC ? 1 : -1);
}
static void macsec_dev_set_rx_mode(struct net_device *dev)
{
struct net_device *real_dev = macsec_priv(dev)->real_dev;
dev_mc_sync(real_dev, dev);
dev_uc_sync(real_dev, dev);
}
static int macsec_set_mac_address(struct net_device *dev, void *p)
{
struct macsec_dev *macsec = macsec_priv(dev);
struct net_device *real_dev = macsec->real_dev;
struct sockaddr *addr = p;
u8 old_addr[ETH_ALEN];
int err;
if (!is_valid_ether_addr(addr->sa_data))
return -EADDRNOTAVAIL;
if (dev->flags & IFF_UP) {
err = dev_uc_add(real_dev, addr->sa_data);
if (err < 0)
return err;
}
ether_addr_copy(old_addr, dev->dev_addr);
eth_hw_addr_set(dev, addr->sa_data);
/* If h/w offloading is available, propagate to the device */
if (macsec_is_offloaded(macsec)) {
const struct macsec_ops *ops;
struct macsec_context ctx;
ops = macsec_get_ops(macsec, &ctx);
if (!ops) {
err = -EOPNOTSUPP;
goto restore_old_addr;
}
ctx.secy = &macsec->secy;
err = macsec_offload(ops->mdo_upd_secy, &ctx);
if (err)
goto restore_old_addr;
}
if (dev->flags & IFF_UP)
dev_uc_del(real_dev, old_addr);
return 0;
restore_old_addr:
if (dev->flags & IFF_UP)
dev_uc_del(real_dev, addr->sa_data);
eth_hw_addr_set(dev, old_addr);
return err;
}
static int macsec_change_mtu(struct net_device *dev, int new_mtu)
{
struct macsec_dev *macsec = macsec_priv(dev);
unsigned int extra = macsec->secy.icv_len + macsec_extra_len(true);
if (macsec->real_dev->mtu - extra < new_mtu)
return -ERANGE;
dev->mtu = new_mtu;
return 0;
}
static void macsec_get_stats64(struct net_device *dev,
struct rtnl_link_stats64 *s)
{
if (!dev->tstats)
return;
dev_fetch_sw_netstats(s, dev->tstats);
s->rx_dropped = DEV_STATS_READ(dev, rx_dropped);
s->tx_dropped = DEV_STATS_READ(dev, tx_dropped);
s->rx_errors = DEV_STATS_READ(dev, rx_errors);
}
static int macsec_get_iflink(const struct net_device *dev)
{
return macsec_priv(dev)->real_dev->ifindex;
}
static const struct net_device_ops macsec_netdev_ops = {
.ndo_init = macsec_dev_init,
.ndo_uninit = macsec_dev_uninit,
.ndo_open = macsec_dev_open,
.ndo_stop = macsec_dev_stop,
.ndo_fix_features = macsec_fix_features,
.ndo_change_mtu = macsec_change_mtu,
.ndo_set_rx_mode = macsec_dev_set_rx_mode,
.ndo_change_rx_flags = macsec_dev_change_rx_flags,
.ndo_set_mac_address = macsec_set_mac_address,
.ndo_start_xmit = macsec_start_xmit,
.ndo_get_stats64 = macsec_get_stats64,
.ndo_get_iflink = macsec_get_iflink,
};
static const struct device_type macsec_type = {
.name = "macsec",
};
static const struct nla_policy macsec_rtnl_policy[IFLA_MACSEC_MAX + 1] = {
[IFLA_MACSEC_SCI] = { .type = NLA_U64 },
[IFLA_MACSEC_PORT] = { .type = NLA_U16 },
[IFLA_MACSEC_ICV_LEN] = { .type = NLA_U8 },
[IFLA_MACSEC_CIPHER_SUITE] = { .type = NLA_U64 },
[IFLA_MACSEC_WINDOW] = { .type = NLA_U32 },
[IFLA_MACSEC_ENCODING_SA] = { .type = NLA_U8 },
[IFLA_MACSEC_ENCRYPT] = { .type = NLA_U8 },
[IFLA_MACSEC_PROTECT] = { .type = NLA_U8 },
[IFLA_MACSEC_INC_SCI] = { .type = NLA_U8 },
[IFLA_MACSEC_ES] = { .type = NLA_U8 },
[IFLA_MACSEC_SCB] = { .type = NLA_U8 },
[IFLA_MACSEC_REPLAY_PROTECT] = { .type = NLA_U8 },
[IFLA_MACSEC_VALIDATION] = { .type = NLA_U8 },
[IFLA_MACSEC_OFFLOAD] = { .type = NLA_U8 },
};
static void macsec_free_netdev(struct net_device *dev)
{
struct macsec_dev *macsec = macsec_priv(dev);
if (macsec->secy.tx_sc.md_dst)
metadata_dst_free(macsec->secy.tx_sc.md_dst);
free_percpu(macsec->stats);
free_percpu(macsec->secy.tx_sc.stats);
macsec: fix UAF bug for real_dev Create a new macsec device but not get reference to real_dev. That can not ensure that real_dev is freed after macsec. That will trigger the UAF bug for real_dev as following: ================================================================== BUG: KASAN: use-after-free in macsec_get_iflink+0x5f/0x70 drivers/net/macsec.c:3662 Call Trace: ... macsec_get_iflink+0x5f/0x70 drivers/net/macsec.c:3662 dev_get_iflink+0x73/0xe0 net/core/dev.c:637 default_operstate net/core/link_watch.c:42 [inline] rfc2863_policy+0x233/0x2d0 net/core/link_watch.c:54 linkwatch_do_dev+0x2a/0x150 net/core/link_watch.c:161 Allocated by task 22209: ... alloc_netdev_mqs+0x98/0x1100 net/core/dev.c:10549 rtnl_create_link+0x9d7/0xc00 net/core/rtnetlink.c:3235 veth_newlink+0x20e/0xa90 drivers/net/veth.c:1748 Freed by task 8: ... kfree+0xd6/0x4d0 mm/slub.c:4552 kvfree+0x42/0x50 mm/util.c:615 device_release+0x9f/0x240 drivers/base/core.c:2229 kobject_cleanup lib/kobject.c:673 [inline] kobject_release lib/kobject.c:704 [inline] kref_put include/linux/kref.h:65 [inline] kobject_put+0x1c8/0x540 lib/kobject.c:721 netdev_run_todo+0x72e/0x10b0 net/core/dev.c:10327 After commit faab39f63c1f ("net: allow out-of-order netdev unregistration") and commit e5f80fcf869a ("ipv6: give an IPv6 dev to blackhole_netdev"), we can add dev_hold_track() in macsec_dev_init() and dev_put_track() in macsec_free_netdev() to fix the problem. Fixes: 2bce1ebed17d ("macsec: fix refcnt leak in module exit routine") Reported-by: syzbot+d0e94b65ac259c29ce7a@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Signed-off-by: Ziyang Xuan <william.xuanziyang@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220531074500.1272846-1-william.xuanziyang@huawei.com Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
2022-05-31 07:45:00 +00:00
/* Get rid of the macsec's reference to real_dev */
netdev_put(macsec->real_dev, &macsec->dev_tracker);
}
static void macsec_setup(struct net_device *dev)
{
ether_setup(dev);
net: use core MTU range checking in core net infra geneve: - Merge __geneve_change_mtu back into geneve_change_mtu, set max_mtu - This one isn't quite as straight-forward as others, could use some closer inspection and testing macvlan: - set min/max_mtu tun: - set min/max_mtu, remove tun_net_change_mtu vxlan: - Merge __vxlan_change_mtu back into vxlan_change_mtu - Set max_mtu to IP_MAX_MTU and retain dynamic MTU range checks in change_mtu function - This one is also not as straight-forward and could use closer inspection and testing from vxlan folks bridge: - set max_mtu of IP_MAX_MTU and retain dynamic MTU range checks in change_mtu function openvswitch: - set min/max_mtu, remove internal_dev_change_mtu - note: max_mtu wasn't checked previously, it's been set to 65535, which is the largest possible size supported sch_teql: - set min/max_mtu (note: max_mtu previously unchecked, used max of 65535) macsec: - min_mtu = 0, max_mtu = 65535 macvlan: - min_mtu = 0, max_mtu = 65535 ntb_netdev: - min_mtu = 0, max_mtu = 65535 veth: - min_mtu = 68, max_mtu = 65535 8021q: - min_mtu = 0, max_mtu = 65535 CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org CC: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com> CC: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org> CC: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com> CC: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net> CC: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com> CC: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com> CC: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com> CC: WANG Cong <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com> CC: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> CC: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org> CC: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net> CC: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> CC: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org> CC: Pravin Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com> CC: Maxim Krasnyansky <maxk@qti.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-20 17:55:20 +00:00
dev->min_mtu = 0;
dev->max_mtu = ETH_MAX_MTU;
dev->priv_flags |= IFF_NO_QUEUE;
dev->netdev_ops = &macsec_netdev_ops;
net: Fix inconsistent teardown and release of private netdev state. Network devices can allocate reasources and private memory using netdev_ops->ndo_init(). However, the release of these resources can occur in one of two different places. Either netdev_ops->ndo_uninit() or netdev->destructor(). The decision of which operation frees the resources depends upon whether it is necessary for all netdev refs to be released before it is safe to perform the freeing. netdev_ops->ndo_uninit() presumably can occur right after the NETDEV_UNREGISTER notifier completes and the unicast and multicast address lists are flushed. netdev->destructor(), on the other hand, does not run until the netdev references all go away. Further complicating the situation is that netdev->destructor() almost universally does also a free_netdev(). This creates a problem for the logic in register_netdevice(). Because all callers of register_netdevice() manage the freeing of the netdev, and invoke free_netdev(dev) if register_netdevice() fails. If netdev_ops->ndo_init() succeeds, but something else fails inside of register_netdevice(), it does call ndo_ops->ndo_uninit(). But it is not able to invoke netdev->destructor(). This is because netdev->destructor() will do a free_netdev() and then the caller of register_netdevice() will do the same. However, this means that the resources that would normally be released by netdev->destructor() will not be. Over the years drivers have added local hacks to deal with this, by invoking their destructor parts by hand when register_netdevice() fails. Many drivers do not try to deal with this, and instead we have leaks. Let's close this hole by formalizing the distinction between what private things need to be freed up by netdev->destructor() and whether the driver needs unregister_netdevice() to perform the free_netdev(). netdev->priv_destructor() performs all actions to free up the private resources that used to be freed by netdev->destructor(), except for free_netdev(). netdev->needs_free_netdev is a boolean that indicates whether free_netdev() should be done at the end of unregister_netdevice(). Now, register_netdevice() can sanely release all resources after ndo_ops->ndo_init() succeeds, by invoking both ndo_ops->ndo_uninit() and netdev->priv_destructor(). And at the end of unregister_netdevice(), we invoke netdev->priv_destructor() and optionally call free_netdev(). Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-08 16:52:56 +00:00
dev->needs_free_netdev = true;
dev->priv_destructor = macsec_free_netdev;
SET_NETDEV_DEVTYPE(dev, &macsec_type);
eth_zero_addr(dev->broadcast);
}
static int macsec_changelink_common(struct net_device *dev,
struct nlattr *data[])
{
struct macsec_secy *secy;
struct macsec_tx_sc *tx_sc;
secy = &macsec_priv(dev)->secy;
tx_sc = &secy->tx_sc;
if (data[IFLA_MACSEC_ENCODING_SA]) {
struct macsec_tx_sa *tx_sa;
tx_sc->encoding_sa = nla_get_u8(data[IFLA_MACSEC_ENCODING_SA]);
tx_sa = rtnl_dereference(tx_sc->sa[tx_sc->encoding_sa]);
secy->operational = tx_sa && tx_sa->active;
}
if (data[IFLA_MACSEC_ENCRYPT])
tx_sc->encrypt = !!nla_get_u8(data[IFLA_MACSEC_ENCRYPT]);
if (data[IFLA_MACSEC_PROTECT])
secy->protect_frames = !!nla_get_u8(data[IFLA_MACSEC_PROTECT]);
if (data[IFLA_MACSEC_INC_SCI])
tx_sc->send_sci = !!nla_get_u8(data[IFLA_MACSEC_INC_SCI]);
if (data[IFLA_MACSEC_ES])
tx_sc->end_station = !!nla_get_u8(data[IFLA_MACSEC_ES]);
if (data[IFLA_MACSEC_SCB])
tx_sc->scb = !!nla_get_u8(data[IFLA_MACSEC_SCB]);
if (data[IFLA_MACSEC_REPLAY_PROTECT])
secy->replay_protect = !!nla_get_u8(data[IFLA_MACSEC_REPLAY_PROTECT]);
if (data[IFLA_MACSEC_VALIDATION])
secy->validate_frames = nla_get_u8(data[IFLA_MACSEC_VALIDATION]);
if (data[IFLA_MACSEC_CIPHER_SUITE]) {
switch (nla_get_u64(data[IFLA_MACSEC_CIPHER_SUITE])) {
case MACSEC_CIPHER_ID_GCM_AES_128:
case MACSEC_DEFAULT_CIPHER_ID:
secy->key_len = MACSEC_GCM_AES_128_SAK_LEN;
secy->xpn = false;
break;
case MACSEC_CIPHER_ID_GCM_AES_256:
secy->key_len = MACSEC_GCM_AES_256_SAK_LEN;
secy->xpn = false;
break;
case MACSEC_CIPHER_ID_GCM_AES_XPN_128:
secy->key_len = MACSEC_GCM_AES_128_SAK_LEN;
secy->xpn = true;
break;
case MACSEC_CIPHER_ID_GCM_AES_XPN_256:
secy->key_len = MACSEC_GCM_AES_256_SAK_LEN;
secy->xpn = true;
break;
default:
return -EINVAL;
}
}
if (data[IFLA_MACSEC_WINDOW]) {
secy->replay_window = nla_get_u32(data[IFLA_MACSEC_WINDOW]);
/* IEEE 802.1AEbw-2013 10.7.8 - maximum replay window
* for XPN cipher suites */
if (secy->xpn &&
secy->replay_window > MACSEC_XPN_MAX_REPLAY_WINDOW)
return -EINVAL;
}
return 0;
}
static int macsec_changelink(struct net_device *dev, struct nlattr *tb[],
struct nlattr *data[],
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack)
{
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
struct macsec_dev *macsec = macsec_priv(dev);
bool macsec_offload_state_change = false;
enum macsec_offload offload;
net: macsec: fix using wrong structure in macsec_changelink() In the macsec_changelink(), "struct macsec_tx_sa tx_sc" is used to store "macsec_secy.tx_sc". But, the struct type of tx_sc is macsec_tx_sc, not macsec_tx_sa. So, the macsec_tx_sc should be used instead. Test commands: ip link add dummy0 type dummy ip link add macsec0 link dummy0 type macsec ip link set macsec0 type macsec encrypt off Splat looks like: [61119.963483][ T9335] ================================================================== [61119.964709][ T9335] BUG: KASAN: slab-out-of-bounds in macsec_changelink.part.34+0xb6/0x200 [macsec] [61119.965787][ T9335] Read of size 160 at addr ffff888020d69c68 by task ip/9335 [61119.966699][ T9335] [61119.966979][ T9335] CPU: 0 PID: 9335 Comm: ip Not tainted 5.6.0+ #503 [61119.967791][ T9335] Hardware name: innotek GmbH VirtualBox/VirtualBox, BIOS VirtualBox 12/01/2006 [61119.968914][ T9335] Call Trace: [61119.969324][ T9335] dump_stack+0x96/0xdb [61119.969809][ T9335] ? macsec_changelink.part.34+0xb6/0x200 [macsec] [61119.970554][ T9335] print_address_description.constprop.5+0x1be/0x360 [61119.971294][ T9335] ? macsec_changelink.part.34+0xb6/0x200 [macsec] [61119.971973][ T9335] ? macsec_changelink.part.34+0xb6/0x200 [macsec] [61119.972703][ T9335] __kasan_report+0x12a/0x170 [61119.973323][ T9335] ? macsec_changelink.part.34+0xb6/0x200 [macsec] [61119.973942][ T9335] kasan_report+0xe/0x20 [61119.974397][ T9335] check_memory_region+0x149/0x1a0 [61119.974866][ T9335] memcpy+0x1f/0x50 [61119.975209][ T9335] macsec_changelink.part.34+0xb6/0x200 [macsec] [61119.975825][ T9335] ? macsec_get_stats64+0x3e0/0x3e0 [macsec] [61119.976451][ T9335] ? kernel_text_address+0x111/0x120 [61119.976990][ T9335] ? pskb_expand_head+0x25f/0xe10 [61119.977503][ T9335] ? stack_trace_save+0x82/0xb0 [61119.977986][ T9335] ? memset+0x1f/0x40 [61119.978397][ T9335] ? __nla_validate_parse+0x98/0x1ab0 [61119.978936][ T9335] ? macsec_alloc_tfm+0x90/0x90 [macsec] [61119.979511][ T9335] ? __kasan_slab_free+0x111/0x150 [61119.980021][ T9335] ? kfree+0xce/0x2f0 [61119.980700][ T9335] ? netlink_trim+0x196/0x1f0 [61119.981420][ T9335] ? nla_memcpy+0x90/0x90 [61119.982036][ T9335] ? register_lock_class+0x19e0/0x19e0 [61119.982776][ T9335] ? memcpy+0x34/0x50 [61119.983327][ T9335] __rtnl_newlink+0x922/0x1270 [ ... ] Fixes: 3cf3227a21d1 ("net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure") Signed-off-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-04-09 14:08:08 +00:00
struct macsec_tx_sc tx_sc;
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
struct macsec_secy secy;
int ret;
if (!data)
return 0;
if (data[IFLA_MACSEC_CIPHER_SUITE] ||
data[IFLA_MACSEC_ICV_LEN] ||
data[IFLA_MACSEC_SCI] ||
data[IFLA_MACSEC_PORT])
return -EINVAL;
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
/* Keep a copy of unmodified secy and tx_sc, in case the offload
* propagation fails, to revert macsec_changelink_common.
*/
memcpy(&secy, &macsec->secy, sizeof(secy));
memcpy(&tx_sc, &macsec->secy.tx_sc, sizeof(tx_sc));
ret = macsec_changelink_common(dev, data);
if (ret)
goto cleanup;
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
if (data[IFLA_MACSEC_OFFLOAD]) {
offload = nla_get_u8(data[IFLA_MACSEC_OFFLOAD]);
if (macsec->offload != offload) {
macsec_offload_state_change = true;
ret = macsec_update_offload(dev, offload);
if (ret)
goto cleanup;
}
}
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
/* If h/w offloading is available, propagate to the device */
if (!macsec_offload_state_change && macsec_is_offloaded(macsec)) {
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
const struct macsec_ops *ops;
struct macsec_context ctx;
ops = macsec_get_ops(netdev_priv(dev), &ctx);
if (!ops) {
ret = -EOPNOTSUPP;
goto cleanup;
}
ctx.secy = &macsec->secy;
ret = macsec_offload(ops->mdo_upd_secy, &ctx);
if (ret)
goto cleanup;
}
return 0;
cleanup:
memcpy(&macsec->secy.tx_sc, &tx_sc, sizeof(tx_sc));
memcpy(&macsec->secy, &secy, sizeof(secy));
return ret;
}
static void macsec_del_dev(struct macsec_dev *macsec)
{
int i;
while (macsec->secy.rx_sc) {
struct macsec_rx_sc *rx_sc = rtnl_dereference(macsec->secy.rx_sc);
rcu_assign_pointer(macsec->secy.rx_sc, rx_sc->next);
free_rx_sc(rx_sc);
}
for (i = 0; i < MACSEC_NUM_AN; i++) {
struct macsec_tx_sa *sa = rtnl_dereference(macsec->secy.tx_sc.sa[i]);
if (sa) {
RCU_INIT_POINTER(macsec->secy.tx_sc.sa[i], NULL);
clear_tx_sa(sa);
}
}
}
static void macsec_common_dellink(struct net_device *dev, struct list_head *head)
{
struct macsec_dev *macsec = macsec_priv(dev);
struct net_device *real_dev = macsec->real_dev;
/* If h/w offloading is available, propagate to the device */
if (macsec_is_offloaded(macsec)) {
const struct macsec_ops *ops;
struct macsec_context ctx;
ops = macsec_get_ops(netdev_priv(dev), &ctx);
if (ops) {
ctx.secy = &macsec->secy;
macsec_offload(ops->mdo_del_secy, &ctx);
}
}
unregister_netdevice_queue(dev, head);
list_del_rcu(&macsec->secys);
macsec_del_dev(macsec);
netdev_upper_dev_unlink(real_dev, dev);
macsec_generation++;
}
static void macsec_dellink(struct net_device *dev, struct list_head *head)
{
struct macsec_dev *macsec = macsec_priv(dev);
struct net_device *real_dev = macsec->real_dev;
struct macsec_rxh_data *rxd = macsec_data_rtnl(real_dev);
macsec_common_dellink(dev, head);
if (list_empty(&rxd->secys)) {
netdev_rx_handler_unregister(real_dev);
kfree(rxd);
}
}
static int register_macsec_dev(struct net_device *real_dev,
struct net_device *dev)
{
struct macsec_dev *macsec = macsec_priv(dev);
struct macsec_rxh_data *rxd = macsec_data_rtnl(real_dev);
if (!rxd) {
int err;
rxd = kmalloc(sizeof(*rxd), GFP_KERNEL);
if (!rxd)
return -ENOMEM;
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&rxd->secys);
err = netdev_rx_handler_register(real_dev, macsec_handle_frame,
rxd);
if (err < 0) {
kfree(rxd);
return err;
}
}
list_add_tail_rcu(&macsec->secys, &rxd->secys);
return 0;
}
static bool sci_exists(struct net_device *dev, sci_t sci)
{
struct macsec_rxh_data *rxd = macsec_data_rtnl(dev);
struct macsec_dev *macsec;
list_for_each_entry(macsec, &rxd->secys, secys) {
if (macsec->secy.sci == sci)
return true;
}
return false;
}
static sci_t dev_to_sci(struct net_device *dev, __be16 port)
{
return make_sci(dev->dev_addr, port);
}
static int macsec_add_dev(struct net_device *dev, sci_t sci, u8 icv_len)
{
struct macsec_dev *macsec = macsec_priv(dev);
struct macsec_secy *secy = &macsec->secy;
macsec->stats = netdev_alloc_pcpu_stats(struct pcpu_secy_stats);
if (!macsec->stats)
return -ENOMEM;
secy->tx_sc.stats = netdev_alloc_pcpu_stats(struct pcpu_tx_sc_stats);
if (!secy->tx_sc.stats)
return -ENOMEM;
secy->tx_sc.md_dst = metadata_dst_alloc(0, METADATA_MACSEC, GFP_KERNEL);
if (!secy->tx_sc.md_dst)
/* macsec and secy percpu stats will be freed when unregistering
* net_device in macsec_free_netdev()
*/
return -ENOMEM;
if (sci == MACSEC_UNDEF_SCI)
sci = dev_to_sci(dev, MACSEC_PORT_ES);
secy->netdev = dev;
secy->operational = true;
secy->key_len = DEFAULT_SAK_LEN;
secy->icv_len = icv_len;
secy->validate_frames = MACSEC_VALIDATE_DEFAULT;
secy->protect_frames = true;
secy->replay_protect = false;
secy->xpn = DEFAULT_XPN;
secy->sci = sci;
secy->tx_sc.md_dst->u.macsec_info.sci = sci;
secy->tx_sc.active = true;
secy->tx_sc.encoding_sa = DEFAULT_ENCODING_SA;
secy->tx_sc.encrypt = DEFAULT_ENCRYPT;
secy->tx_sc.send_sci = DEFAULT_SEND_SCI;
secy->tx_sc.end_station = false;
secy->tx_sc.scb = false;
return 0;
}
static struct lock_class_key macsec_netdev_addr_lock_key;
static int macsec_newlink(struct net *net, struct net_device *dev,
struct nlattr *tb[], struct nlattr *data[],
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack)
{
struct macsec_dev *macsec = macsec_priv(dev);
rx_handler_func_t *rx_handler;
u8 icv_len = MACSEC_DEFAULT_ICV_LEN;
struct net_device *real_dev;
int err, mtu;
sci_t sci;
if (!tb[IFLA_LINK])
return -EINVAL;
real_dev = __dev_get_by_index(net, nla_get_u32(tb[IFLA_LINK]));
if (!real_dev)
return -ENODEV;
if (real_dev->type != ARPHRD_ETHER)
return -EINVAL;
dev->priv_flags |= IFF_MACSEC;
macsec->real_dev = real_dev;
if (data && data[IFLA_MACSEC_OFFLOAD])
macsec->offload = nla_get_offload(data[IFLA_MACSEC_OFFLOAD]);
else
/* MACsec offloading is off by default */
macsec->offload = MACSEC_OFFLOAD_OFF;
/* Check if the offloading mode is supported by the underlying layers */
if (macsec->offload != MACSEC_OFFLOAD_OFF &&
!macsec_check_offload(macsec->offload, macsec))
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
net: macsec: hardware offloading infrastructure This patch introduces the MACsec hardware offloading infrastructure. The main idea here is to re-use the logic and data structures of the software MACsec implementation. This allows not to duplicate definitions and structure storing the same kind of information. It also allows to use a unified genlink interface for both MACsec implementations (so that the same userspace tool, `ip macsec`, is used with the same arguments). The MACsec offloading support cannot be disabled if an interface supports it at the moment. The MACsec configuration is passed to device drivers supporting it through macsec_ops which are called from the MACsec genl helpers. Those functions call the macsec ops of PHY and Ethernet drivers in two steps: a preparation one, and a commit one. The first step is allowed to fail and should be used to check if a provided configuration is compatible with the features provided by a MACsec engine, while the second step is not allowed to fail and should only be used to enable a given MACsec configuration. Two extra calls are made: when a virtual MACsec interface is created and when it is deleted, so that the hardware driver can stay in sync. The Rx and TX handlers are modified to take in account the special case were the MACsec transformation happens in the hardware, whether in a PHY or in a MAC, as the packets seen by the networking stack on both the physical and MACsec virtual interface are exactly the same. This leads to some limitations: the hardware and software implementations can't be used on the same physical interface, as the policies would be impossible to fulfill (such as strict validation of the frames). Also only a single virtual MACsec interface can be offloaded to a physical port supporting hardware offloading as it would be impossible to guess onto which interface a given packet should go (for ingress traffic). Another limitation as of now is that the counters and statistics are not reported back from the hardware to the software MACsec implementation. This isn't an issue when using offloaded MACsec transformations, but it should be added in the future so that the MACsec state can be reported to the user (which would also improve the debug). Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-13 22:31:43 +00:00
/* send_sci must be set to true when transmit sci explicitly is set */
if ((data && data[IFLA_MACSEC_SCI]) &&
(data && data[IFLA_MACSEC_INC_SCI])) {
u8 send_sci = !!nla_get_u8(data[IFLA_MACSEC_INC_SCI]);
if (!send_sci)
return -EINVAL;
}
if (data && data[IFLA_MACSEC_ICV_LEN])
icv_len = nla_get_u8(data[IFLA_MACSEC_ICV_LEN]);
mtu = real_dev->mtu - icv_len - macsec_extra_len(true);
if (mtu < 0)
dev->mtu = 0;
else
dev->mtu = mtu;
rx_handler = rtnl_dereference(real_dev->rx_handler);
if (rx_handler && rx_handler != macsec_handle_frame)
return -EBUSY;
err = register_netdevice(dev);
if (err < 0)
return err;
netdev_lockdep_set_classes(dev);
lockdep_set_class(&dev->addr_list_lock,
&macsec_netdev_addr_lock_key);
err = netdev_upper_dev_link(real_dev, dev, extack);
if (err < 0)
goto unregister;
/* need to be already registered so that ->init has run and
* the MAC addr is set
*/
if (data && data[IFLA_MACSEC_SCI])
sci = nla_get_sci(data[IFLA_MACSEC_SCI]);
else if (data && data[IFLA_MACSEC_PORT])
sci = dev_to_sci(dev, nla_get_be16(data[IFLA_MACSEC_PORT]));
else
sci = dev_to_sci(dev, MACSEC_PORT_ES);
if (rx_handler && sci_exists(real_dev, sci)) {
err = -EBUSY;
goto unlink;
}
err = macsec_add_dev(dev, sci, icv_len);
if (err)
goto unlink;
if (data) {
err = macsec_changelink_common(dev, data);
if (err)
goto del_dev;
}
/* If h/w offloading is available, propagate to the device */
if (macsec_is_offloaded(macsec)) {
const struct macsec_ops *ops;
struct macsec_context ctx;
ops = macsec_get_ops(macsec, &ctx);
if (ops) {
ctx.secy = &macsec->secy;
err = macsec_offload(ops->mdo_add_secy, &ctx);
if (err)
goto del_dev;
macsec->insert_tx_tag =
macsec_needs_tx_tag(macsec, ops);
}
}
err = register_macsec_dev(real_dev, dev);
if (err < 0)
goto del_dev;
netif_stacked_transfer_operstate(real_dev, dev);
linkwatch_fire_event(dev);
macsec_generation++;
return 0;
del_dev:
macsec_del_dev(macsec);
unlink:
netdev_upper_dev_unlink(real_dev, dev);
unregister:
unregister_netdevice(dev);
return err;
}
static int macsec_validate_attr(struct nlattr *tb[], struct nlattr *data[],
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack)
{
u64 csid = MACSEC_DEFAULT_CIPHER_ID;
u8 icv_len = MACSEC_DEFAULT_ICV_LEN;
int flag;
bool es, scb, sci;
if (!data)
return 0;
if (data[IFLA_MACSEC_CIPHER_SUITE])
csid = nla_get_u64(data[IFLA_MACSEC_CIPHER_SUITE]);
if (data[IFLA_MACSEC_ICV_LEN]) {
icv_len = nla_get_u8(data[IFLA_MACSEC_ICV_LEN]);
if (icv_len != MACSEC_DEFAULT_ICV_LEN) {
char dummy_key[DEFAULT_SAK_LEN] = { 0 };
struct crypto_aead *dummy_tfm;
dummy_tfm = macsec_alloc_tfm(dummy_key,
DEFAULT_SAK_LEN,
icv_len);
if (IS_ERR(dummy_tfm))
return PTR_ERR(dummy_tfm);
crypto_free_aead(dummy_tfm);
}
}
switch (csid) {
case MACSEC_CIPHER_ID_GCM_AES_128:
case MACSEC_CIPHER_ID_GCM_AES_256:
case MACSEC_CIPHER_ID_GCM_AES_XPN_128:
case MACSEC_CIPHER_ID_GCM_AES_XPN_256:
case MACSEC_DEFAULT_CIPHER_ID:
if (icv_len < MACSEC_MIN_ICV_LEN ||
icv_len > MACSEC_STD_ICV_LEN)
return -EINVAL;
break;
default:
return -EINVAL;
}
if (data[IFLA_MACSEC_ENCODING_SA]) {
if (nla_get_u8(data[IFLA_MACSEC_ENCODING_SA]) >= MACSEC_NUM_AN)
return -EINVAL;
}
for (flag = IFLA_MACSEC_ENCODING_SA + 1;
flag < IFLA_MACSEC_VALIDATION;
flag++) {
if (data[flag]) {
if (nla_get_u8(data[flag]) > 1)
return -EINVAL;
}
}
es = data[IFLA_MACSEC_ES] ? nla_get_u8(data[IFLA_MACSEC_ES]) : false;
sci = data[IFLA_MACSEC_INC_SCI] ? nla_get_u8(data[IFLA_MACSEC_INC_SCI]) : false;
scb = data[IFLA_MACSEC_SCB] ? nla_get_u8(data[IFLA_MACSEC_SCB]) : false;
if ((sci && (scb || es)) || (scb && es))
return -EINVAL;
if (data[IFLA_MACSEC_VALIDATION] &&
nla_get_u8(data[IFLA_MACSEC_VALIDATION]) > MACSEC_VALIDATE_MAX)
return -EINVAL;
if ((data[IFLA_MACSEC_REPLAY_PROTECT] &&
nla_get_u8(data[IFLA_MACSEC_REPLAY_PROTECT])) &&
!data[IFLA_MACSEC_WINDOW])
return -EINVAL;
return 0;
}
static struct net *macsec_get_link_net(const struct net_device *dev)
{
return dev_net(macsec_priv(dev)->real_dev);
}
struct net_device *macsec_get_real_dev(const struct net_device *dev)
{
return macsec_priv(dev)->real_dev;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(macsec_get_real_dev);
bool macsec_netdev_is_offloaded(struct net_device *dev)
{
return macsec_is_offloaded(macsec_priv(dev));
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(macsec_netdev_is_offloaded);
static size_t macsec_get_size(const struct net_device *dev)
{
return nla_total_size_64bit(8) + /* IFLA_MACSEC_SCI */
nla_total_size(1) + /* IFLA_MACSEC_ICV_LEN */
nla_total_size_64bit(8) + /* IFLA_MACSEC_CIPHER_SUITE */
nla_total_size(4) + /* IFLA_MACSEC_WINDOW */
nla_total_size(1) + /* IFLA_MACSEC_ENCODING_SA */
nla_total_size(1) + /* IFLA_MACSEC_ENCRYPT */
nla_total_size(1) + /* IFLA_MACSEC_PROTECT */
nla_total_size(1) + /* IFLA_MACSEC_INC_SCI */
nla_total_size(1) + /* IFLA_MACSEC_ES */
nla_total_size(1) + /* IFLA_MACSEC_SCB */
nla_total_size(1) + /* IFLA_MACSEC_REPLAY_PROTECT */
nla_total_size(1) + /* IFLA_MACSEC_VALIDATION */
nla_total_size(1) + /* IFLA_MACSEC_OFFLOAD */
0;
}
static int macsec_fill_info(struct sk_buff *skb,
const struct net_device *dev)
{
struct macsec_tx_sc *tx_sc;
struct macsec_dev *macsec;
struct macsec_secy *secy;
u64 csid;
macsec = macsec_priv(dev);
secy = &macsec->secy;
tx_sc = &secy->tx_sc;
switch (secy->key_len) {
case MACSEC_GCM_AES_128_SAK_LEN:
csid = secy->xpn ? MACSEC_CIPHER_ID_GCM_AES_XPN_128 : MACSEC_DEFAULT_CIPHER_ID;
break;
case MACSEC_GCM_AES_256_SAK_LEN:
csid = secy->xpn ? MACSEC_CIPHER_ID_GCM_AES_XPN_256 : MACSEC_CIPHER_ID_GCM_AES_256;
break;
default:
goto nla_put_failure;
}
if (nla_put_sci(skb, IFLA_MACSEC_SCI, secy->sci,
IFLA_MACSEC_PAD) ||
nla_put_u8(skb, IFLA_MACSEC_ICV_LEN, secy->icv_len) ||
nla_put_u64_64bit(skb, IFLA_MACSEC_CIPHER_SUITE,
csid, IFLA_MACSEC_PAD) ||
nla_put_u8(skb, IFLA_MACSEC_ENCODING_SA, tx_sc->encoding_sa) ||
nla_put_u8(skb, IFLA_MACSEC_ENCRYPT, tx_sc->encrypt) ||
nla_put_u8(skb, IFLA_MACSEC_PROTECT, secy->protect_frames) ||
nla_put_u8(skb, IFLA_MACSEC_INC_SCI, tx_sc->send_sci) ||
nla_put_u8(skb, IFLA_MACSEC_ES, tx_sc->end_station) ||
nla_put_u8(skb, IFLA_MACSEC_SCB, tx_sc->scb) ||
nla_put_u8(skb, IFLA_MACSEC_REPLAY_PROTECT, secy->replay_protect) ||
nla_put_u8(skb, IFLA_MACSEC_VALIDATION, secy->validate_frames) ||
nla_put_u8(skb, IFLA_MACSEC_OFFLOAD, macsec->offload) ||
0)
goto nla_put_failure;
if (secy->replay_protect) {
if (nla_put_u32(skb, IFLA_MACSEC_WINDOW, secy->replay_window))
goto nla_put_failure;
}
return 0;
nla_put_failure:
return -EMSGSIZE;
}
static struct rtnl_link_ops macsec_link_ops __read_mostly = {
.kind = "macsec",
.priv_size = sizeof(struct macsec_dev),
.maxtype = IFLA_MACSEC_MAX,
.policy = macsec_rtnl_policy,
.setup = macsec_setup,
.validate = macsec_validate_attr,
.newlink = macsec_newlink,
.changelink = macsec_changelink,
.dellink = macsec_dellink,
.get_size = macsec_get_size,
.fill_info = macsec_fill_info,
.get_link_net = macsec_get_link_net,
};
static bool is_macsec_master(struct net_device *dev)
{
return rcu_access_pointer(dev->rx_handler) == macsec_handle_frame;
}
static int macsec_notify(struct notifier_block *this, unsigned long event,
void *ptr)
{
struct net_device *real_dev = netdev_notifier_info_to_dev(ptr);
LIST_HEAD(head);
if (!is_macsec_master(real_dev))
return NOTIFY_DONE;
switch (event) {
case NETDEV_DOWN:
case NETDEV_UP:
case NETDEV_CHANGE: {
struct macsec_dev *m, *n;
struct macsec_rxh_data *rxd;
rxd = macsec_data_rtnl(real_dev);
list_for_each_entry_safe(m, n, &rxd->secys, secys) {
struct net_device *dev = m->secy.netdev;
netif_stacked_transfer_operstate(real_dev, dev);
}
break;
}
case NETDEV_UNREGISTER: {
struct macsec_dev *m, *n;
struct macsec_rxh_data *rxd;
rxd = macsec_data_rtnl(real_dev);
list_for_each_entry_safe(m, n, &rxd->secys, secys) {
macsec_common_dellink(m->secy.netdev, &head);
}
netdev_rx_handler_unregister(real_dev);
kfree(rxd);
unregister_netdevice_many(&head);
break;
}
case NETDEV_CHANGEMTU: {
struct macsec_dev *m;
struct macsec_rxh_data *rxd;
rxd = macsec_data_rtnl(real_dev);
list_for_each_entry(m, &rxd->secys, secys) {
struct net_device *dev = m->secy.netdev;
unsigned int mtu = real_dev->mtu - (m->secy.icv_len +
macsec_extra_len(true));
if (dev->mtu > mtu)
dev_set_mtu(dev, mtu);
}
}
}
return NOTIFY_OK;
}
static struct notifier_block macsec_notifier = {
.notifier_call = macsec_notify,
};
static int __init macsec_init(void)
{
int err;
pr_info("MACsec IEEE 802.1AE\n");
err = register_netdevice_notifier(&macsec_notifier);
if (err)
return err;
err = rtnl_link_register(&macsec_link_ops);
if (err)
goto notifier;
err = genl_register_family(&macsec_fam);
if (err)
goto rtnl;
return 0;
rtnl:
rtnl_link_unregister(&macsec_link_ops);
notifier:
unregister_netdevice_notifier(&macsec_notifier);
return err;
}
static void __exit macsec_exit(void)
{
genl_unregister_family(&macsec_fam);
rtnl_link_unregister(&macsec_link_ops);
unregister_netdevice_notifier(&macsec_notifier);
rcu_barrier();
}
module_init(macsec_init);
module_exit(macsec_exit);
MODULE_ALIAS_RTNL_LINK("macsec");
MODULE_ALIAS_GENL_FAMILY("macsec");
MODULE_DESCRIPTION("MACsec IEEE 802.1AE");
MODULE_LICENSE("GPL v2");